Home

Owner`s Manual

Contents

1. cceeeeeeeeeees 2 3 Trip computer where fitted eee 2 3 Outside temperature display ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 Engine oil level information where fitted 2 4 Bile ic as 010 enpna O enw ve renee ty mere ree onte Teer ety pare onT 2 5 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 7 CANS CKING DUDS cans asaxanusccncacectelacenustaavedessinceantecnes 2 7 Warning NOMS sx contitenpas ts ationat auntie nein 2 7 Indicator lights set iteiaascttadeesnneratsaieearbedeaochetnneatpeens 2 11 Audible TEMINGSTS srsstrcntessnicitetueintiesinieneinbiniiadiens 2 12 Wiper and washer switch aeeucstunistaniauacdansistnreiaiiouwess 2 13 Windscreen wiper and washer switch 0 2 13 Rear WINdOW sass cesis can acessisxencecsancetea tencasadasateeseiaaes 2 14 Delogger SWC censeas 2 15 Rear window defogger ssesssssssissssrrrsesrrrrerrrre 2 15 Outside mirror defogger where fitted 2 15 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 16 Feadighi SWIC cate acciccsciaeroneisolenenieretiacteumaines 2 16 Turn signal SWIG siaa avn rocingieasesniaaateuesidencaniaedanwiens 2 17 FOG IAT SMEG EA A T A 2 17 Front fog light where fitted ccccceeeeeeseeeeeees 2 17 Rear 100 ighi SWIC asasmeintetameregansniintsinaacheetadnentss 2 18 Headlight aiming control ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 18 Headlight aiming control SWitCh ccceeeeeeee ees 2 18 Hazard warning flasher s
2. Precautions Audio operation precautions cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaee 4 10 Brake precautions cesiiidiieteniidtscccceneenncanencasnestannesadese ieee 5 27 Child restraint usage o eee ceeeeeeeteeeneeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 16 Maintenance precautions eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeannenees 8 4 Operating precautions trailer ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 5 24 Precautions on cruise Control system sece 5 19 TOWING precautions sciescceeersdunemetcnntssoseevediiesdttbbieedaticeend 6 12 When starting and driving scec edccsses reedeotuniucerusansraracdassacase 5 3 Pregnant WOMEN aascsteesrisnlaenceecgiceeriengisassaetsstieetetunabanintesaataents 1 7 Protect Protect the environment sssssssseseseeesssssssrrrnnrrrrrrrrrrrerss 8 12 Protect your vehicle from Corrosion eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 7 5 Push starting crrinsatidstecevisasageccec eredvaacadssiiiaunnmeoueecanamebaassaeens 6 11 Radio AM FM radio with CD player and navigation 00 0 0 4 34 FM AM radio with CD player oo ecceecceesseeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 23 LW MW FM radio with CD player oo eeeeeseeeereeeeeeeeees 4 16 NATS immobilizer radio approval number sses 9 8 Rear parcel shelf cipussvvessissiacvcved caceeeeeryiiaidieecavyyyeroncdsdasdet 3 14 Installation ssssssneeessssssnnnnnnnrrrrrrrrersssssnnnnnnnrnrnnrereeesss 3 14 Removal secectetecent sstanidisdeatsascetetumnntnatecadseddsast
3. When an RDS station is tuned in with seek or manual tuning the RDS data is received and the PS name is displayed Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 25 TA Traffic announcement This function operates in FM Radio CD or AUX mode Pressing the lt TA gt button selects the TA mode The TA indicator is displayed while TA mode is on When lt TA gt is pressed again The mode will be switched off and the TA indicator will disappear from the display Traffic announcement interrupt function When a traffic announcement is received the an nouncement is tuned in and the display shows a notification message with the radio station name e g TA Radio 1 Once the traffic announcement has finished the unit returns to the source that was active before the traf fic announcement started If lt TA gt is pressed during a traffic announcement the traffic announcement interrupt mode is can celled The TA mode returns to the standby mode and the audio unit returns to the previous source SETUP BUTTON To configure Audio Clock Bluetooth Language or Scroll direction settings perform the following pro cedure 1 Press the lt SETUP gt button 2 Press the lt ENTER gt button 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENUS gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise the display will appear in the following order Audio amp Clock Bluetooth lt Language lt gt Scroll Direction After the desired levels
4. may illuminate lf brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and callipers are not standard equip ment or are extremely deteriorated the ESP system may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light ESP and or the SLIP indi cator light may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved or are extremely deteriorated the ESP system may not oper ate properly This could adversely affect ve hicle handling performance and the ESP OFF indicator light es and or the SLIP indicator light amp may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the ESP sys tem may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light ES and or the SLIP indi cator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads If ESP OFF indicator light pop does illuminate after driving on ex treme surfaces restart the engine to reset the ESP system if wheels or tyres other than the recommended ones are used the ESP sys 5 30 Starting and driving tem may not operate properly and the ESP OFF indicator light ESP and or the SLIP indi cator light may illuminate The ESP system is not a substitute for winter tyres or snow chains on a snow covered road NOTE The ESP system should be switched on unde
5. If the child restraint is equipped with a locking clip ensure that the clip is securely fastened to the vehicle seat belt If the locking clip is not used injuries could result from the child restraint tipping over during normal vehicle braking or cornering Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Approved child restraint positions Rae aisup Front passenger with Rear centre pas deactivated front pas Rear outer passenger senger P senger air bag ONLY Group O lt 10 kg O to 9 months Group 0 lt 13 kg O to 24 months Group 1 9 to 18 kg 9 to 48 months U Suitable for Universal category forward and rearward facing child restraints approved in this age group I Suitable for ISOFIX with Top Tether category L Suitable for particular child restraints given in the following table These restraints may be of the specific vehicle restricted semi Universal or Universal categories X Seat position not suitable for restraints in this age group 1 Rearward facing only NOTE For the forward facing child restraint position on the rear seat slide the front passenger seat as far forwards as possible and the rear bench seat to its rearmost position For the rearward facing child restraint position on the rear seat slide the front passenger seat as far backwards as possible and slide the rear bench seat forwards until the edge of the child restra
6. 4 28 Heater and air conditioner and audio system dial for the sub folder then press lt ENTER gt to se lect Select the Root folder item when songs are recorded additionally in the root folder To return to the previous folder screen press lt 5 gt Repeat button Push the lt RPT 1 gt button and the current track will be played continuously button Push the lt MIX gt button and all the tracks will be played in a random order lt DISP 5 gt button While a CD with recorded music information tags CD text ID3 text tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the title information is not provided then Track is displayed When the lt pise gt button is pressed repeat edly further information about the track can be dis played along with the track title as follows CD Track time Artist name Track title Album title Track time CD with MP3 WMA Track time Artist name gt Album title Folder name Track time Track details A long press on the lt pisP 6 gt button will turn the display into a detailed overview and after a few sec onds it returns to the main display or press lt Dise 5 gt briefly CD eject button CD player Press the lt gt eject button and the CD will be ejected Ejecting CD with ignition switch in OFF or LOCK When the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position it i
7. Check that all windows and light lenses are clean Check that all doors are closed Position the seat and adjust the head restraints Adjust the inside and outside mirrors Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of the warning indicator lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Do not place hard or heavy objects on the dash board or rear parcel shelf in order to prevent injury in the event of a sudden stop PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure them selves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or animals To prevent luggage or packages from sliding forward during braking do not stack anything in the cargo area higher than the seatbacks Secure all cargo with ropes or straps to pre vent it from sliding or shifting Failure to follow proper seating instructions see Seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion could result in serious personal injury in an accident or sudden stop EXHAUST GAS Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaus
8. Getting emergency tyre puncture repair kit Take the emergency tyre puncture repair kit out of the boot The repair kit consists of the following items 1 Tyre sealant bottle 2 Air compressor 3 Speed restriction sticker Before using emergency tyre puncture repair kit If any foreign object for example a screw or nail is embedded in the tyre do not remove it Check the expiration date of the sealant shown on the label attached to the bottle Never use a sealant which has passed its expiration date In case of emergency 6 7 In case of emergency Repairing tyre 1 Shake the sealant bottle well 2 Remove the bottle cap and the orange plug from the top of the compressor 3 Screw the bottle into the opening of the com pressor where the orange plug was 4 Put the speed restriction sticker in a location where the driver can see it while driving NCE316 5 Screw the air compressor tube securely into the tyre valve A 6 Insert its power plug to the power outlet in the vehicle For details see Power outlet in the 2 Instruments and controls section 7 Turn the ignition switch to the Acc position 8 Switch on the compressor and inflate the tyre to the pressure that is specified on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar CAUTION Do not operate the compressor for more than 10 minutes If the tyre pressure does not increase to the speci
9. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corro sion This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tyre bead NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter CLEANING ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during win ter in areas where road salt is used The salt residue from road salt could discolour the wheels if it is not washed off regularly CAUTION Follow the directions as described below in order to avoid staining or discolouring of the wheels Donotuse a cleaner that contains strong con tents of acid or alkali to clean the wheels Do not apply wheel cleaner when the wheels are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner has been applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather sur faces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu f
10. Labels are attached to the seat cushion to help you locate the ISOFIX system anchors CAUTION The child restraint may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap for child restraint later in this section for instal lation instructions Alternatively the child re straint may require an anti rotation device such as support leg Refer to the child re straint system manufacturer s instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install an ISOFIX system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments in the rear seat follow these steps Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX system anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured prop erly if the ISOFIX system anchors are obstructed 1 To install the ISOFIX system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint ISOFIX system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the rear seat See Top tether strap for child restraint later in this section for top tether strap installation instructions Fit the ISOFIX funnel guides supplied with the ISOFIX child seat where fitted to the vehicle ISOFIX brackets located at the base of the rear outer s
11. ON OFF switch 5 The speed limiter information in the combi nation meter will be replaced with the cruise con trol information For details see Cruise control system later in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position 5 18 Starting and driving Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set speed limit memory Speed limiter malfunction If the speed limiter malfunctions the set indicator in the combination meter display will flash Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM The cruise control system allows driving at constant speeds without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal A WARNING The cruise control system ONLY maintains a constant vehicle speed it does not replace the driver Always observe the posted speed limits and do not set the speed above them Do not use the cruise control system when driving under the following conditions Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident When itis not possible to keep the vehicle at a constant speed When driving in heavy traffic When driving in traffic that varies speed When driving in windy areas When driving on winding or hilly roads When driving on slippery rain snow ice etc roads When the cruise
12. The minutes setting mode is indicated by the minute digits and the colon flashing at a certain frequency Each activation of the Clock setting Oil change schedule setting switch for 1 second or less changes the time by 1 minute Pressing 2 for more than 1 second will cause the minute to change at a rate of 4 digits per second Pressing the switch 2 for more than 3 seconds will cause the minute to change at a rate of 8 digits per second If the switch 2 is not pressed for 5 seconds or more the clock changes to seconds zero setting mode Seconds zero setting Pressing the Clock setting Oil change schedule set ting switch will reset the seconds counter colon flashing to zero and the clock returns to normal operation If the switch is not activated for 60 seconds the clock advances by one minute and resumes normal operation 2 6 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Air bag warning light red Brake warning light red Charge warning light red Door open warning light red Engine coolant temperature warning light red HOT Engine oil pressure warning light red Malfunction warning light and Water in fuel light orange Electrically Power Assisted Steering EPAS warning light red P E fel CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the handbrake fasten the seat belts and turn the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the en
13. ligent Key turn the ignition knob to the LOCK posi tion wait for 5 seconds and turn the knob to the START position again to start the engine For additional information see Security system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 5 10 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the handbrake 2 Manual transmission models Move the gear lever to N Neutral position and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while start ing the engine Automatic transmission models Depress the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P position is preferred NOTE The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is out of the P Park or N Neu tral position Models without Intelligent Key Rotate the steering wheel left to right to release the ignition lock whilst turning the ignition switch to the ON position Models with Intelligent key MI models keep the clutch pedal depressed and or depress the brake pedal then AT depress the brake pedal then 1 Push the ignition knob 2 Rotate the steering wheel left to right to release the ignition lock whilst turning the ignition knob to the ON position D CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle If the Intelligent Key is too far away from the driver the vehicle may not start For diesel engine models Wait u
14. you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing into the passenger compartment you notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system you have had an accident involving dam age to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 3 THREE WAY CATALYST Petrol engine models NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system In the converter exhaust gases are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants CAUTION The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot While the engine is running keep people or flammable materials away from the exhaust pipe Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste pa per or rags as they may burn easily When parking ensure that people or flam mable materials are kept away from the ex haust pipe TO HELP PREVENT DAMAGE CAUTION Use UNLEADED PETROL ONLY specifically the recommended type For details see Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section Do not use leaded petrol Leaded petrol will seriously damage three way catalyst Deposits from leaded petrol will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants 5 4 Starting and driving Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or electric
15. 5 Press the lt lt or gt gt button and the lan guage setting display will change as follows ENGLISH lt FRENCH amp GERMAN amp ITALIAN lt DUTCH SPANISH amp POLISH amp ENGLISH Once the language has been set switch off and switch on again the audio unit by pressing the power button For details contact your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Source selector This button selects the listening source between the radio CD and AUX where fitted Each time the button is pressed the respective mode will change as follows Type A Radio CD Radio Type B where fitted Radio gt CD AUX Radio This mode is only available when a compatible device is plugged into the AUX audio jack socket For details see Audio jack socket AUX where fitted later in this section If no CD is inserted the display shows NO CD MOD Audio set up mode Briefly press the MOD button to enter the audio menu set up mode Each time the N o w button is pressed the mode changes as follows BASS amp TREBLE lt BALANCE amp FADER EFFECT lt BASS After the desired levels have been set press briefly on the MOD button to exit the menu or wait for more than 10 seconds without pressing any buttons BASS control Use this set up to enhance or attenuate bass re sponse Press the function adjustment button lt lt or gt gt while in the bass control mode to adjust the bass TREB
16. Do not park the vehicle over flammable mate rials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that The handbrake is applied The gear lever is placed in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models The selector lever is placed in the P Park position for automatic transmission mod els Failure to follow the above recommenda tions could cause the vehicle to move un expectedly or roll away and result in an accident Never leave the engine running while the ve hicle is unattended Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone either On hot sunny days tempera tures in a closed vehicle could quickly be come high enough to cause severe or possi bly fatal injuries to people or animals Manual transmission models Depress the clutch pedal and place the gear lever in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill gradient place the gear lever in the 1st Low gear position Automatic transmission models Fully depress the brake pedal and move the se lector lever to the P Park position A WARNING Make sure that the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button on the se lector lever handle When parked on a sloping driveway turn the wheels so the vehi
17. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle has been delivered to you with confidence It has been produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometres miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet explains in detail the warranty coverage that applies to your vehicle Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions your NISSAN dealer will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea tures to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore
18. Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 3 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Defrosting or defogging This mode is used to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt amp position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to speed position 2 or above 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the maximum HOT right position To quickly defrost defog the windscreen turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum position and the temperature control dial to the maximum HOT right position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind screen 1 Move the air intake lever to outside air mode position gt 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to speed position 2 or above 4 Turn the temperature control dial between the middle and the maximum HOT right position Air conditioner operation where fitted Start the engine turn the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed and press the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air conditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions will be added to the heater operation To switch off
19. This symbol means Do not do this or Do not let this happen iro Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these point to the front of the vehicle S amp Z g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration BATTERY DISPOSAL CAUTION An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains Vehicle battery Remote controller battery for Intelligent Key and or Remote keyless entry system Tyre Pressure Monitoring System TPMS sensor battery Remote controller battery for Mobile Entertainment system If in doubt contact your local authority or a NISSAN dealer or a qualified work shop for advice on disposal 3 Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A j Medes fer E iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 2010 Nissan International SA Switzerland Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Heater and air conditioner and audio system Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical informa
20. Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use this position for driving uphill or engine braking on downhill grades 1 Low gear Use this position when driving slowly on steep hills slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Starting and driving 5 13 Accelerator downshift In the D Drive position For rapid passing or driving uphill fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the trans mission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed NSD309Z A RHD models B LHD models Overdrive switch ON For normal driving push the overdrive switch to ON with the selector lever in the D Drive position The transmission is shifted up into OVERDRIVE as the vehicle speed increases The overdrive will not engage until the engine has warmed up OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is necessary push the over drive switch OFF LL The overdrive off in 5 14 Starting and driving dicator light aa in the instrument panel illuminates When cruising at low speeds or climbing a gentle slope you may feel an uncomfortable shift shock as the transmission shifts in and out of the overdrive position repeatedly In this case push the overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive OFF When driving conditions change push the overdrive switch to turn the overdri
21. Using a mobile phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Use the antenna for the best reception Compact Disc CD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this oc curs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads Occasionally the CD player may not function when the compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with finger prints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction alse DIGITAL AUDIO SAA0480 8 cm 3 1 in discs with an adaptor CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have un usual edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played a notification mes sage will be displayed Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Confirm t
22. manently Contact a NISSAN dealer for fur ther details AUDIO MAIN OPERATION The audio unit operates when the ignition switch is in Acc or ON position Power ON OFF button Press the lt b gt button to switch on the audio unit If the audio unit was switched off using the ignition switch it can also be switched on with the ignition switch The source that was playing immediately before the unit was switched off will resume playing and the volume will be set to the previous volume level The audio unit can be switched off by pressing lt 4b gt or by turning the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Volume VOL level control Turn the lt VOL gt dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the volume level The audio unit is equipped with a speed control vol ume function this means that the audio system au tomatically adjusts the volume level in relation to vehicle speed For details see SPD VOL Speed volume control later in this section Mute button Press the lt gt button to mute the sound and MUTE appears in the display To cancel the mode use any of the following options Press lt gt again Turn the lt VOL gt dial Press the lt CD gt lt FMeAM gt or lt AUX gt button RADIO OPERATION When the lt tb gt power ON OFF button is pressed the audio unit will switch on with the last received radio station if the audio unit was previ ously swit
23. 2 4 Attach the ropes to each corresponding side of the back door 5 Attach the flap edges to the rear seat back fas teners 1 4 Heater and air conditioner and audio system NCIS S earns N A NA A E E E 4 2 ENEM airina 4 2 Cente VEINS sensrenoninscar noine 4 2 Heater and air conditioner operation s es 4 2 Manual air Conditioner sssssessssserrseserrreserrreserereee 4 3 Automatic air conditioner where fitted 4 8 PUGIO SY SION enio a ea 4 10 Audio operation precautions ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 PUMA claret acta dearest AA E TAAT AT 4 16 LW MW FM radio with CD player where fitted 4 16 Antitheft SYSTEM aseesinaine aree 4 16 Audio main operation svecia at ccaccaanernineceiceiet stdin 4 17 Radi OPS ATION cstsanitosencaotinsniaueidelsaoniaseticebtutiacs 4 19 User set up MON cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 4 21 Compact disc CD player operation 00 4 22 FM AM radio with CD player where fitted 4 23 Anti theft system ssnssssssesssnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 4 23 Audio main operation s ssssessssesrrrsssrrressrrrsesrrrre 4 24 Radio Operaio essan ae 4 25 SETUR DUON sesen EEEE 4 26 Compact Disc CD operation s 4 27 AUA SOCKE F unainn E ees 4 29 USB Memory operation cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 29 iPod player operation scisiissecssscnssasevnwecenenadseneds 4 30 Bluetooth operation ssssssssesrse
24. FLUID ATF When checking or replacement is required NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop for servicing CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF will cause dete rioration in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may damage the auto matic transmission which is not covered by the warranty BRAKES CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHECKING HANDBRAKE Periodically check the holding ability of the hand brake by parking on a steep hill and restraining the vehicle by using only the handbrake If it does not hold satisfactorily see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID NDI1011Z NDI735Z RHD models A WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems The use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WINDOW WASHER FLUID HEADLIGHT CLEANER FLUID where fitted Brake and clutch fluids are poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked contain ers out of the reach
25. Insert the key emergency key in the ignition switch turn it to the ON position the Super Lock system will be released and all doors can be unlocked Open or break the door window on the front passenger s side remove the protection cap on the passenger s side door handle insert the key into the passenger s side door key cylinder and turn it to the unlock position after which you will be able to open the door Remove the key from the ignition switch and un lock the door using the integrated keyfob VEHICLE DEAD BATTERY LEFT HAND SIDE DOOR HANDLE NPA927Z The left hand side door can be locked or unlocked with the door key emergency key when the vehi cle s battery is dead To lock the door with the key emergency key 1 If necessary carefully remove the protection cap A where fitted on the left hand side door handle by inserting the key emergency key in the cap s base slot and pry it off 2 To lock the door 1 insert the key emergency key in the left hand side door handle key cylinder and turn it towards the front of the vehicle F To unlock the door turn the key emergency key towards the rear of the vehicle The left hand side door handle can only be locked from the outside by using the key emergency key when the door is closed See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for access to the Intelligent sys tem emergency key CAUTION
26. NATS security warning light The security warning light blinks whenever the igni tion switch is in the LOCK OFF or Acc position This function indicates that NATS is equipped on the vehicle If the NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS is mal functioning this light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light remains on and or the engine will not start see your NISSAN dealer for NATS service as soon as possible Please bring all NATS keys or NATS Intelligent Keys when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service Additional information for RHD models If the NATS is malfunctioning this light will turn on after flashing six times while the ignition switch is in the ON position However if the NATS security warning light turns off after the light has remained on for 15 minutes Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 there is a 10 second time slot to start the engine after the ignition is turned off See your NISSAN dealer for NATS service as soon as possible 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments BONNET RELEASE NPA1012 A LHD models B RHD models 1 Pull the bonnet lock release lever D located below the instrument panel on the driver s side the bonnet will spring up slightly 2 Slide the lever 2 at the front of the bonnet sideways with your fingertips and raise the bon net 3 Insert the support rod 8 into the slot on the underside of the bonnet 4 When closing
27. The displayed time can be reset by pressing the TRIP button Steering wheel i switch for more than 1 second 2 4 Instruments and controls Trip computer reset Pushing the TRIP button Steering wheel Q switch for more than 3 seconds will reset all modes except Trip A and distance to empty OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY The outside temperature function provides a display of the outside temperature C when the ignition switch is in the ON position The display of positive temperatures is unsigned blank negative temperatures are prefixed with a minus sign Low temperature warning Above 4 C the display remains steady The display will flash to indicate a low outside air temperature and the possibility of icy or slippery road conditions When the outside temperature drops between 3 C and 3 C When starting the vehicle below 3 C The temperature display will not flash After approximately 20 seconds when starting the vehicle and the outside temperature is below 3 C When the outside temperature rises from below 3 C into the range between 3 C and 3 C While driving when the outside temperature drops below 3 C CAUTION Even if the display is not flashing there is no guarantee that the road is free of hazards caused by inclement weather NOTE The outside air temperature sensor is located at the front of the vehicle At low speeds the sensor can be affected by engine heat
28. The following modes can be selected Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Average speed Journey time Distance to empty km or mls The distance to empty provides an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refuelling The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The distance to empty includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the distance to Instruments and controls 2 3 empty is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s attention Press the TRIP button Steering wheel G switch if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred When the fuel level drops even lower the distance to empty will display _____ along with mf in a flashing mode Average fuel consumption 1 100 km or mpg The average fuel consumption mode shows the av erage fuel consumption since the last reset The dis played average fuel consumption can be reset by pressing the TRIP button Steering wheel switch for more than 1 second Average speed km h or MPH The average speed mode shows the average ve hicle speed since the last reset The displayed aver age speed can be reset by pressing the TRIP but ton Steering wheel G switch for more than 1 second Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset in minutes and seconds
29. button D Scrolling switch NAA1010Z Type B A INFO button B Volume control buttons C Telephone button D Scrolling switch E Source button The audio unit can be operated by using the con trols on the steering wheel To use the steering wheel audio switch push the power ON button of the audio unit with the ignition switch in either the Acc or ON position A orwy Scrolling switch Preset station change radio mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for less than 1 5 seconds to select one of the preset radio stations Seek tuning radio mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for more than 1 5 seconds to seek for the next or previous radio station Track up down CD mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for less than 1 5 seconds to select the next track or to return to the beginning of the present track Push up down several times to skip through or skip back the tracks DISC change where fitted CD mode Push the up down scrolling switch A or W for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc INFO button For additional information about the Ci button see Meters and gauges in the 2 Instruments and controls section SOURCE button When the SRC or SOURCE button is pressed repeatedly the source will change as follows Radio CD AUX gt Radio where fitted Telephone button For additional i
30. cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Engine coolant tics tesccenicuseerdscasiccttecototasstaviaddaienneteeeciunn 5 31 Engine cooling system divimsscctecvtinidsieeeeeaniaaeeine ee 8 6 Corrosion protection caida mmnexenerennnmerececenauuayyyernsegemtantanene 5 32 7 4 Environmental factors cccccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 7 4 Cruise control SYSTEM ceccicccavesiaylcnsecee ty ern iieeeneeceten 5 18 Cruise control system operations ccceeie eee 5 19 ee Ef Defogger switch Outside mirror defogger sasitccutondoricentennieeeiscieetan 2 15 Rear window defogger s ssssssssseeseeeessssssnnnnnnnrrrnreeeeens 2 15 Diesel particulate filter sssssssssssesseeeeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreererrnnnnn 5 5 DIMENSIONS sssssrsriii inenen EEA E EEEa aaae 9 6 Door Backdoor IOCK lsieni iassa Eases 3 8 Child safety rear door lock neseser 3 8 IDGOMIOCKS ere A 3 6 Emergency situation Super Lock system essscscccc 3 6 Locking unlocking with emergency key or key vehicle dead battery situation sonst tereiiesharsarcoptenuiieinibinntecesmniteas ean 3 7 Power door lock SWHGIE crscas ence ccrcdsennweansanadiiyitdeieesseeearuans 3 7 Super Lock system sesssssssererieriserererriirrsererrririrrssserns 3 6 Drive GS sisissienirneneiea n ee eiin 8 18 Driving Care when driving essssssssssssesssssterttttttttttttrrrtttrrrrrrrrrrrnne 5 5 Cold weather driving ssssssssssssssresseesssssssnnnnnnnnrr
31. in the 5 Starting and driving section WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH NIC1054Z A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer fluid may freeze on the windscreen and obscure your vi sion Warm the windscreen with the defroster before you wash it CAUTION Do not open release the bonnet when the front wiper arms are raised from their original position Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 15 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty or frozen Instruments and controls 2 13 Wiper operation The windscreen wiper and washer can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the fol lowing speeds 1 Intermittent x m the intermittent operation speed can be adjusted by rotating the ring towards A slower or faster 2 Low continuous low speed opera tion 3 High qm continuous high speed operation To stop the wiper operation move the lever up to the OFF position 4 Single sweep 7 push the lever up for a single sweep operation of the wiper Washer operation 5 To operate the washer towards you until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windscreen The wiper will automatically operate several times The headlight cleaner where fitted will also operate with operation of the windscreen washe
32. lt gt button on the audio system or where fitted on the steering wheel Initiating a call A call can be initiated using one of the following methods Redial Phone book Manual dialling Missed calls Dhialled calls Received calls Redial To redial or call the last number dialled press lt gt for more than 2 seconds Call Lists Phone Book Call number NAA1199 Making a call from the phone book Once the Bluetooth connection has been made between the registered mobile phone and the audio system phone book data will be transferred auto matically to the audio system The transfer may take a while before completion NOTE Phone book data will be erased when Switching to another phone registered mobile Mobile phone is disconnected The registered mobile phone is deleted from the audio system 1 Press lt gt 4 36 Heater and air conditioner and audio system 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial and scroll down to Phone Book then press lt ENTER gt 3 Scroll down through the list select the appropri ate contact name highlighted and press lt ENTER gt 4 A following screen will show the number to be dialled If correct press lt ENTER gt again to dial the number If the contact has more numbers assigned for home g mobile or office scroll and select the appropriate number to dial Alternatively the quick search mod
33. perts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD can re duce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 com Windows and Windows Media are registered pression removes the redundant and irrelevant trademarks and or trademarks of Microsoft Cor parts of a sound signal that the human ear poration in the United States of America and or doesn t hear other countries WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display NAA984 Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding B Folder the file C Audio file
34. speakers Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to adjust the front rear balance then press lt ENTER3 gt to confirm AUX VOL Auxiliary volume control Use this control to adjust the volume output from the auxiliary source Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to select LO MID or HI mode then press lt ENTER gt to confirm SPD VOL Speed volume control This mode controls the volume output from the speakers automatically in relation to vehicle speed When SPD VOL is displayed turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the volume level Adjusting the setting to O zero turns off the speed volume feature Increasing the speed volume setting results in the audio volume increasing more rapidly with vehicle speed Once chosen press lt ENTER gt to save the setting Clock setting The Clock set up screen will appear when select ing the Clock item from the set up menu Set Time Select Set Time then adjust the clock as follows 1 The hour display will start flashing Turn the lt TUNE MENU3 gt dial to adjust the hour 2 Press the lt ENTER gt button The minute display will start flashing 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to adjust the minute 4 Press lt ENTER gt to finish the clock adjustment On Off Set the clock display between on or off when the audio unit is turned off If set in the ON position
35. tem peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to be come stale and the windows to fog up Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation NOTE Condensation forms inside the air condition ing unit when the air conditioner is running and is safely discharged underneath your ve hicle Traces of water on the ground are therefore normal 4 2 Heater and air conditioner and audio system NAA1032Z Manual air conditioner MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER Air flow control dial s 2 Air intake lever 3 Temperature control dial 4 Air conditioner ON OFF button where fitted 5 Fan speed control dial Controls Fan speed control dial se To switch the fan on or off and to control the fan speed turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to increase the fan speed To decrease the fan speed turn the fan speed control dial anticlockwise Temperature control dial Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired air temperature from the vents and floor outlets Air flow control dial Use this dial to manually select the air flow from the air outlets as described below a s Air flows from centre and side vents J Air flows from
36. the clock will be dis played when the audio unit is turned off either by pressing the lt tb gt button or when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Clock Format Set the clock display between 24 hour mode and 12 hour clock mode Bluetooth For activation or deactivation details see BLUE TOOTH settings later in this section Language Select the appropriate language and press the lt ENTER gt button Upon completion the screen will automatically adapt the language setting French English German Spanish Portuguese Italian Dutch Turkish Russian Scroll direction Sets the scroll direction of the lt TUNE MENU gt dial For example to change the way in which you turn the dial anticlockwise or clockwise in order to scroll up or down a list COMPACT DISC CD OPERATION The CD player can play a music CD or an encoded MP3 WMA CD and while listening to those CD s certain text might be able to be displayed when CD encoded with text is being used Press the lt CD gt button and the CD if loaded will start to play When lt CD gt is pressed and the radio or AUX source mode is already operating it will automatically turn off the playing source and the CD play mode will start However if the CD disc is not loaded then a notifi cation message will be displayed and the audio unit remains in radio or AUX source mode CAUTION Do not force the
37. tion Curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted SRS is designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and is not designed to substitute them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and front door finishers For additional information see Seat belts earlier in this section After turning the ignition switch to the ON or START position the air bag warning light illumi 1 10 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system nates The air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 seconds if the system is opera tional See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details The air bag will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position A WARNING Driver and front passenger air bags The air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se verity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the air bags are most ef fective when you are sitting back and upright in the seat Air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward s
38. tongues retractors flexible wires and an chors work properly If loose parts deteriora tion cuts or other damage to the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be re placed PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM A WARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor as a unit lf the vehicle is involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop No unauthorised changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt opera tion Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the pre tensioner system should be done by an authorised NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Installation of electrical equipment should also be done bya NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Unau thorised electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system lf you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the ap propriate NISSAN Service Manual I
39. you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or designs at any time without notice and without obligation MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modifications could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may not be cov ered under NISSAN warranties READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle Throughout this manual the following symbols and words are used A WARNING Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious per sonal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures described must be followed precisely CAUTION Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate per sonal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures described must be followed carefully NOTE Indicates additional helpful information NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM symbol indicates environmentally friendly information and best practices
40. 1 Route the outer seat belt s between the seat s through the seat belt guide s 1 2 Lower the head restraints to the stowed position Remove the parcel shelf See Rear parcel shelf in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 3 Lift up the outer seat release lever s then fold the seatback s down 8 CAUTION Always ensure that the seat belt is not trapped in the release lever or any other vehicle part Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 NPA996 Armrests where fitted Driver and front passenger seat armrests A WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat armrest while driv ing so that full attention may be given to the ve hicle handling Adjust 1 the driver or front passenger inner side armrests to either the upper or lower position Rear seat armrest Pull the armrest of the rear bench seat and lay it horizontally HEAD RESTRAINTS A WARNING Do not drive and or ride in the vehicle with the head restraint removed This can be dangerous Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against whiplash injury Check the adjustment after someone else has used the seat NPA713Z Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower it push the lock knob and push the head restraint down The rear seat head restraints should only be used in the notched stem positions The lowest he
41. 2 16 Headlights ssssniiisriieiiiinesss snena iEn NONE E AEs 8 23 Intenor GAS ecccarescecin a 2 27 8 24 Light locations sorsra eniinn idoi 8 25 Luggage compartment ssssssssssserieseeeersssssnnnnnnnnrnnrereeres 2 28 Maplight esssssssssssesesssssssssnnrnnrrrrrrrrrrrssssssnnnnnnnnnrnrereeesse 2 28 Roomlight Secchehecseastadcaeiieeeennateenehsacoudee Mo taniaecteree 2 27 URI SIGN al SWIIOR rsss alls a ears tens 2 17 Lock IBACROOOrIOCK smrsm aaa 3 8 Child safety rear door lock sscdecssscenvonetnnnsanetintsaneneinvnnsannes 3 8 DOOrsS aoe aa cascprnsonca se eamuta gins daceatnssnneaueeetaeatngncccdicveunaat 3 6 KEYS Seiisnay Miassnnsnnicwucctaaderaianii etdecdideennekeoedieieeeneeeaee 3 2 Power door lock switch cccccecceceececeececeeceeeececaeeeseeaeeeees 3 7 Steering lock sasteeasaarenctee st eatee ho ertiecccceen sees 5 7 5 8 Super Lock system suiinmsaeseateeentimmtammninnwiedianwenias 3 6 Maintenance General maintenance aivsssswssreemcndineserronwnn mmawataaeeoety 8 2 Maintenance precautions c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaenenees 8 4 Maintenance requirements seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneenees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance cseswiriivenssscesressuvetenmnarennvconncnscunnias 1 9 Manual transmission Driving with manual transmission 00 5 11 Met rs and gauges ssri sicii onis e ea 2 2 Digital Glok smreepesestscccacemunneaserenmemscatceesaanaqnavy cqceon
42. 4 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations where fitted 9 4 aa a E A E E E E E EE E E 9 5 Wheels and tyreS sssssssssrsssnnssnnnnrnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 5 Dimensione asnes ea ei 9 6 When travelling or transferring your registration to another COUN ssrin taeda thaninnatnasenciaansdbaseiaats 9 6 Vehicle identificator sineii darsnevvssancbinviaudeduinaanbwastaieclass 9 6 Vehicle identification plate 9 6 Vehicle identification number VIN chassis POND osscar E EE 9 6 Engine serial NUMDET sisssissrsscvendicatwectusvenbiessudans 9 7 Tyre placard aa siacastrancteeh yenamtantepciteeneaeeeat cama eae 9 7 Air conditioner specification label where Ee ETE A E EEA E E E E 9 7 NATS immobilizer radio approval number 9 8 Approval MUMDGCIS cscccessececcesstnemeseceresesansnenseantarnccnnes 9 8 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following values are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different from them When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil Refill With oil filter CR14DE HR16DE K9K Without oil filter CR14DE HR16DE K9K Cooling system With reservoir CR14DE MT models baie AT models K9K without diesel particulate filter K9K with diesel particulate filter Reservoir CR14DE or HR16DE KOK JH3 CR
43. Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or when the brakes are applied suddenly CAUTION The rear parcel shelf flap provides a hide away 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments facility to the luggage compartment whether the rear seat is at its rearmost position or not Do not store objects onto the rear parcel shelf flap as it may impair the sliding operation of the rear seat REAR PARCEL SHELF REMOVAL 1 Slide the rear bench seat forward through the back door opening See Rear seat in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for further details 2 Detach the flap from the rear seat back fasteners 1 by carefully pulling the edge rearward 3 Detach the ropes either side of the back door 4 With the parcel shelf in horizontal position pull rearward until it stops 2 5 Lift the parcel shelf up and twist horizontally then remove through the back door opening CAUTION Make sure the rear parcel shelf is carefully stored when not in use in order to prevent any damage REAR PARCEL SHELF INSTALLATION 1 Ensure the rear seat is in the forward position See Rear seat in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for further details 2 Twist and lower the parcel shelf onto its horizon tal side supports 3 With the parcel shelf in its rearmost position push forward until it clicks into place
44. CD into the slot This could damage the player Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs CD insert CD player Insert the CD disc into the slot with the label side facing up The disc will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing After loading the disc track information will be displayed NOTE The CD player accepts normal audio CD or CD recorded with MP3 WMA files Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 27 Inserting a CD recorded with MP3 WMA files the audio unit will automatically detect and MP3CD will be indicated An error notification message will be displayed when inserting a wrong disc type e g DVD or the player cannot read the CD disc Eject the disc and insert another disc CD button Press the lt CD gt button to start playing the loaded CD Playing starts from the track that was being played when the CD play mode was switched off Audio main operation List view While the track is being played press either the lt ENTER gt or lt gt button to display the available tracks in a listed view mode To select a track from the list or a track to start listening from turn the lt TUNE MENU3 gt dial then press lt ENTER gt Quick search In the list view mode quick search can be per formed to find a track from the list Push the lt A Z gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the first alphabetic numerical letter of the track title then pres
45. Headlight dimmer and turn signal switch P 2 16 9 Steering wheel switches Steering wheel G switch P 2 3 Audio control switch P 4 38 10 Driver air bag Horn P 1 11 2 19 11 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 2 2 7 12 lgnition switch or ignition knob P 5 6 5 7 13 Windscreen wiper and washer switch P 2 13 14 Steering wheel switches Cruise control P 5 18 Speed limiter P 5 15 15 Outside mirror control P 3 12 16 Fuel filler lid opener lever P 3 11 17 Bonnet lock release lever P 3 10 18 Headlight aiming control switch P 2 18 19 ESP OFF switch P 5 30 20 Fuse box cover P 8 21 21 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 12 22 Heater and air conditioning control panel P 4 2 4 8 23 Power outlet P 2 20 24 Cup holders P 2 22 25 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 19 26 Front passenger seat belt warning light Front passenger air bag indicator light P 1 5 1 14 27 Front passenger air bag deactivate switch P 1 15 See the page indicated in parentheses for oper ating details where fitted Refer to the separate NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents O 7 METERS AND GAUGES NIC1474 1 Fuel gauge P 2 2 6 Tachometer P 2 2 2 Speedometer P 2 2 7 Warning indicator lights P 2 7 3 Clock setting switch P 2 3 Oil schedule where fitted interval setting sw
46. Playback order A Root folder Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are con verted from analog to digital A D conversion Music playback order of the CD with MP3 or WMA per second is as illustrated above Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 13 The names of folders not containing MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display f there is a file in the top level of the disc Root is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not be played in the desired order 4 14 Heater and air conditioner and audio system Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure aera Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check i
47. SWITCH The rear fog light should be used only when visibility is seriously reduced generally to less than 100 m 328 ft 2 18 Instruments and controls Turn the headlight switch to the pa or 40 posi tion Type Turn the switch to the Q4 position 1 The rear fog light and the rear fog indicator light will come on For additional information see Warning indicator lights and audible reminders earlier in this section Note that the fog light switch will return to the C position after you have activated the position To turn the rear fog light off switch to the Q posi tion again The rear fog light indicator light will switch OFF Type B where fitted Turn the switch to the p Q position 2 The rear fog light will come on with the front fog lights both fog light indicators will come on Note that the fog light switch will return to the D position 1 after you have activated the gt 9 position To turn the rear fog light off switch to the 75 Q4 position 2 again The rear fog light indicator will switch off For additional information see Warn ing indicator lights and audible reminders earlier in this section When the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position the rear fog light switches off HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL SWITCH Note that the above illustration is for LHD models Depending on the number of occupants in the ve hicle and the lo
48. U S and other countries NOTE At the time of publication this audio system was tested with the latest iPod players available Due to the frequent update of con sumer devices like MP3 players NISSAN 4 30 Heater and air conditioner and audio system cannot guarantee that all new iPods launched will be compatible with this audio system Some iPod operations may not be avail able with this system Make sure that the iPod is updated with the latest firmware iPod Shuffle cannot be used with this sys tem lt AUX gt button To operate the iPod use one of the following meth ods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the iPod item Once high lighted press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until iPod is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt Audio main operation Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the audio system display is similar to the iPod inter face Use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial and the lt ENTER gt button to play a track on the iPod The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen Playlists Artist Albums Songs For further information about each item see the iPod owner s manual The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc CD opera tion For details see Audio main operation earlier in this section Lis
49. WARNING Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimension Wheels of a different offset could cause early tyre wear possibly degraded vehicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear WHEEL BALANCE Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tyre life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the front wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage SPARE TYRE The temporary use spare wheel tyre can be identi fied by the temporary use spare tyre label which contrasts to the standard road wheels If in doubt contact a NISSAN dealer qualified workshop or see Spare tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section CARE OF WHEELS For details see Care of wheels in the 7 Appear ance and care section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 NOTE 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sssssssssssressereesrreerrsrrrrrern 9 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9
50. all doors lock the power door lock indicator light 3 comes on and the power door unlock side of the switch 2 cannot be activated central door lock equipped models and Super Lock equipped models To unlock press the inte grated Intelligent Keyfob unlock button How ever note that if the door is manually opened from inside after having pressed the Keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 lock button central door lock equipped mod els the indicator light 3 remains illuminated and the door unlocks When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position 1 while the driver s door is open and the integrated Intelligent Keyfob where fitted is left inside the vehicle all doors unlock as the driver s door is closed and the buzzer sounds central door lock equipped models and Super Lock equipped models This is to prevent from locking the vehicle while the Intelligent Key has been left inside the vehicle Super Lock equipped models Operating the power door lock switch located on the centre console will lock 1 or unlock all doors the indicator light 8 comes on when all doors are locked However when the Super Lock is set it is not possible to unlock the doors with the power door lock switch Note that a chime will sound and the doors will not lock if the power door lock switch is pressed when a passenger door is open even if the driver s door is closed In order to lock all doors with
51. and tighten into the wheel finger tight 3 With the wheel wrench tighten the wheel bolts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illus trated 4 until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyre touches the ground 5 Tighten the wheel bolts securely using the wheel wrench in the sequence as illustrated 6 Lower the vehicle completely 7 Install the wheel cover where fitted NOTE Before installation align NISSAN logo centre cap with bolt holes or perpendicular to valve hole where fitted to correctly align to the centre As soon as possible tighten the wheel bolts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel bolt tightening torque 105 Nem 11 kg m 77 ft lb A WARNING Retighten the wheel bolts after the vehicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tyre etc The wheel bolts must be kept tightened to specifi cation at all times It is recommended that the wheel bolts be tightened to specification at each mainte nance interval Adjust the tyre pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure is the tyre pressure as measured after the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven for less than 1 6 km 1 mile COLD tyre pressures are shown on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar Stowing the wheel and tools A WARNING Always make sure that the wheel jack and tools are properly stored after each use Suc
52. beam indicator light blue and your vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The air bag warning light remains on after ap proximately 7 seconds The air bag warning light flashes intermittently The air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Re straint System SRS and or pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional details on the air bag system see Instruments and controls 2 7 Supplemental Restraint System air bag system in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section Brake warning light This light functions for both the handbrake and the footbrake systems Handbrake indicator The light comes on when the handbrake is applied Low brake fluid warning The light warns of a low brake fluid level in the brake power assist unit If the light comes on while the engine is running and the handbrake is not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as much as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion A WARNING If the level is below the MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake sys tem has been checked at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 2 f the brake fluid level is correct Have the warning system
53. by scrolling and pressing lt ENTER gt you can select the following options Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 37 123 Use this item to enter numbers during a call For example if directed by an automated phone system to dial an extension number the system will send the tone associated with the selected number 0 Use this item the transfer handset com mand to transfer the call from the audio system to your mobile phone To transfer the call back to hands free via the audio system select si STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES where fitted NAA1020Z 1 Telephone button 2 Volume control buttons The hands free mode can be operated using the steering wheel switches Volume control buttons The volume control buttons allow you to adjust the volume of the speakers by pressing the lt gt or lt gt button Telephone button The phone lt gt button allows you to Accept an incoming call by pressing lt gt once Reject an incoming call by pressing lt gt for more than 2 seconds during the incoming call End an active call by pressing the lt gt button once Redial the last outgoing call by pressing the lt gt button for more than 2 seconds 4 38 Heater and air conditioner and audio system STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES FOR AUDIO CONTROL where fitted MAIN OPERATION NAA898Z Type A A Source button B Volume control buttons C G INFO
54. ceed 50 kg 110 Ib on any of the panels To avoid any damage the panels should be placed in the lower position B for heavy loads and securely held with ropes or straps to pre vent any load shift See Utility hooks where fitted later in this section A WARNING Always secure cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury UTILITY HOOKS where fitted NPA998 The luggage compartment provides 2 utility hooks A on both luggage compartment side panels Do not apply a load of more than 20 kg 44 Ib to a single utility hook A WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a luggage area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using the adequate seat belt properly Only two anchorage points identified by the top tether lab
55. cruise control system off The cruise control system will be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Starting and driving 5 21 Push the cruise control main ON OFF switch 5 The cruise control symbol 7 the CRUISE indicator 6 the SET indicator 8 and the set speed value Q will turn off in the combination meter display Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 6 The cruise control system information in the combination meter will be replaced with the speed limiter information For details see Speed limiter earlier in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position Turning off the cruise control system will erase the cruise control system memory 5 22 Starting and driving ULTRASONIC PARKING SENSOR where fitted NSD358 Ultrasonic sensors A fitted in the vehicle s rear bumper measure the distance between the vehicle and an obstacle when reversing When reverse gear is engaged a beeping sound is heard The frequency of the beeps will increase the closer the vehicle comes to an obstacle until the sound becomes a constant beep when the vehicle is approximately 35 cm 14 in from the obstacle NOTE This system is intended as an aid to reversing to be used in conjunction with your rear view mirror Make sure that the ultrasonic sensors are not obscured by dirt mud snow etc PARKING A WARNING
56. dealer or qualified workshop 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop NDI779Z Integrated keyfob NDI780Z Intelligent Key INTEGRATED KEYFOB INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to touch a circuit board or a battery terminal NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always conform to local regula tions for battery disposal The Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key is wa ter resistant however if it does get wet im mediately wipe it until it gets completely dry To replace the battery open the Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key carefully in the sequence shown in the illustration When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the Integrated keyfob Intelligent Key SPA0784Z CAUTION Always hold the battery by the edges as shown Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Replacement 1 Integrated keyfob Use a cross shaped screwdriver to remove the screw before opening the lid Intelligent Key a Slide the locking pin to the unlock position b Remove the Intelligent key cap as illustrated Maintenance and do i
57. door handle switch is pressed all doors unlock as in conve nience mode See Integrated keyfob remote control system ear lier in this section for further details on the conve nience mode and anti hijack mode NOTE Interferences due to external circumstances may impair the Intelligent Key operation In this case use the emergency key located in the Intelligent Key integrated keyfob and lock unlock the ve hicle according to Door locks later in this sec tion CAUTION Make sure the Intelligent Key battery is in good condition Note that the battery life depends on variable conditions amount of time it has been used ambient temperature etc Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 The Intelligent Key contains a miniature radio transmitter that may be affected when placed near metal objects Keep the Intelligent Key away from mobile phones lap top computers and other metal objects or electronics STARTING THE ENGINE WITH THE INTELLIGENT KEY See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when starting and driving the vehicle lf the Intelligent Key is too far away from the passenger compartment the vehicle may not start 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOOR LOCKS A WARNING Always look before opening any doors to avoid an accident with oncoming traffic Never leave chil
58. en gine has been started there will be no power steer ing assistance the vehicle may be driven using the mechanical steering system although it is not rec ommended as the effort to turn the steering wheel will be significantly increased compared to normal operation A WARNING If the EPAS warning light illuminates while driving stop as soon as safely possible In certain circumstances factors external to the EPAS system may contribute to the illumi nation of the warning light If the warning light illuminates stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible if driving turn the ignition switch to the OFF position for approximately 20 sec onds then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again If the light remains illuminated we recommend you to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop See Power steering system in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details on the EPAS sys tem Ignition knob warning light Intelligent Key system only When the ignition knob is turned to the ON position the ignition knob warning light illuminates for a few seconds and then goes off This means the system iS operational 2 10 Instruments and controls The ignition knob warning light warns the driver of the ignition knob position MT models The warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds twice when the ignition knob is turned to the OFF posi tion Depress the ignition PUSH release
59. fied pressure within 10 minutes the tyre may be seriously damaged and the tyre cannot be repaired with this tyre repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 9 Remove the air compressor from the tyre valve Immediately drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km h 50 MPH or less 10 After 10 minute or 5 km 3 mile drive check the tyre pressure The temporary repair is com pleted if the tyre pressure does not drop If the tyre pressure is lower than specified re peat the steps from step 5 If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa 19 psi the tyre cannot be repaired with this tyre repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop JUMP STARTING After repairing tyre See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for tyre repair replacement as soon as possible NCE177 A Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in WARNING the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery flames away from the battery explosion The battery explosion may resultin Always wear suitable eye protection glasses severe injury or death It may also result in and remove rings bracelets and any other damage to the vehicle Be sure to follow the jewelry whenever working on or near a bat instructions in this section tery In case of emergency 6 9 6 10 Never lean over the battery while jump start ing Never allow battery fluid to come into contact wit
60. have been set press either the lt hD gt Back button repeatedly the lt SETUP gt button or wait for 8 seconds without pressing any buttons to exit the menu screen Display brightness Day Night mode Press the lt SETUP gt button with a long press to switch the display brightness between the daytime and nighttime mode Audio adjustments Press the lt SETUP gt button to enter the setup menu screen then select Audio Each time the lt ENTER gt button is pressed the mode will change as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade AUX VOL SPD VOL setup menu screen Audio Bass Bass control Use this control to enhance or attenuate bass re sponse sound Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise to adjust the bass settings then press lt ENTER gt to confirm 4 26 Heater and air conditioner and audio system Treble control Use this control to enhance or attenuate the treble Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial clockwise or anti clockwise to adjust the treble settings then press lt ENTER gt to confirm Balance control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the left and right speakers Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial anticlockwise or clockwise to adjust the left right balance then press lt ENTER gt to confirm Fade Fader control Use this control to adjust the balance of the volume between the front and rear where fitted
61. heat may deform them NIC1072Z Glove box compartment The glove box compartment provides an adjustable air flow control dial in order to keep beverages chilled or warm Turn the vent anticlockwise to provide full heating cooling and turn clockwise 1 to close the outlet The heating cooling function set ting is monitored by the heater and air conditioning control panel See Heater and air conditioner operation in the 4 Heater and air conditioner and audio system section for further details on passen ger compartment air control setting Instruments and controls 2 21 CENTRE CONSOLE STORAGE BOX NIC1075Z A WARNING The centre console storage box should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to the driving operation CAUTION Do not leave sunglasses cigarette lighter etc in the centre console storage box while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage these items Pull the lid up in order to access the centre con sole storage box 8 The storage space 1 is avail able where fitted 2 22 Instruments and controls CUP HOLDER A WARNING The driver should not pull out the cup holder remove or insert cups into the cup holder while driving so that full attention may be given to the driving operation Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it could scald either you or your pas
62. heat reflected from the road surface and exhaust from other vehicles these influences can cause the display to be inaccurate To compensate the outside air temperature display is designed to react slowly to increasing temperatures but quickly to falling temperatures ENGINE OIL LEVEL INFORMATION where fitted When the ignition is turned to the ON position dis tance to oil change information and oil level sta tus are displayed on the LCD display in the fol lowing order Distance to oil change with a wrench symbol Oil level status Oil Good or Oil Lo Only for models with HR16DE or K9K engine For details see HR16DE or K9K engine oil level status later in this section After the oil level status where fitted the LCD dis play switches to the last twin trip odometer trip com puter where fitted mode that was displayed before the ignition switch was turned to the Acc OFF or LOCK position HR16DE or K9K engine oil level status The Oil level status provides specific information regarding the engine oil level If the oil level is sufficient Oil Good is displayed for approximately 10 seconds If the oil level is low Oil Lo blinks for approximately 30 seconds in or der to draw your attention on necessary action NIC 1486 Oil level detail examples G Oil level 5 Max H Oil level 1 Min A short press on the TRIP button Steering wheel G switc
63. in front of and behind the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tyre A to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is on the jack In case of emergency 6 3 o SSE a O J LS Iil NCE317 Getting the tools and spare wheel The spare wheel jack and tools are located inside the luggage compartment 1 Open the back door 2 Remove the below listed items in the following sequence a Flexi board system where fitted 6 4 Incase of emergency b Floor carpet c Spare wheel where fitted Turn the re tainer anticlockwise to remove d Jack e Tools CAUTION When removing or replacing the spare wheel the rear sliding seat should be moved to the forward position When carrying the road wheel in the luggage compartment the rear sliding seat should be located in the forward position SCE0173AZ REMOVING WHEEL COVER where fitted A WARNING Take care when removing the wheel cover as the cover may detach suddenly Remove the wheel cover as illustrated with a suit able tool or carefully remove the wheel cover with both hands NCE176Z Jack up points Removing the wheel 4 WARNING Make sure to read the caution label attached to the jack body before use Do not get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Use vehicle support stands Use only the jack that is provided with your vehicle The jack is designed only for lifting your vehicle during a t
64. is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Use this power outlet with the engine running do not use for extended period of time with the engine stopped or idling When not in use ensure that the cap is in serted Do not allow water to contact the out let 2 20 Instruments and controls Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of the elec trical accessory being used or the Acc power of the vehicle Fully push the plug in If insufficient contact is made the plug may overheat or the respec tive fuse may blow A WARNING Take care as the power outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use STORAGE GLOVE BOX NIC1066Z A WARNING The glove box storage should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to the driving operation Keep the glove box lid closed while driving to prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop The under side storage pocket A provides an eas ily accessible storage space To access the glove box press the lock release button 1 Glove box air flow control dial where fitted CAUTION Do not put any objects that can melt in the glove box compartment as it may damage the compartment inner side Do not leave any plastic objects in the glove box compartment They may be deformed Do not put jewellery such as rings earrings etc in the glove box compartment as the
65. is not secured prop erly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident The rear sliding bench seat is equipped with 2 ISOFIX compatible child restraint systems on both outer seats ONLY Do not secure a child restraint in the rear centre seating posi tion using the child restraint lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured prop erly The ISOFIX system anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with ISOFIX system compatible child restraints Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with the ISOFIX system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the rear seating positions equipped with ISOFIX system an chors which can be used to secure the child re straint The ISOFIX system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback as illustrated
66. ished the unit immediately returns to the previous source REG Regional mode When the REG mode is activated in the FM wave band and the radio receiver is tuned to a regional radio station which is transmitting local regional programmes then it will keep receiving this radio station without switching to another regional station For additional information see User set up menu later in this section for how to de activate this mode Traffic announcement TA This function operates in both the FM radio and the CD modes The TA mode is selected when the TA button is pressed The TA indicator is displayed in the TA ON mode When the TA mode button is pressed again the mode will be switched off and TA indicator dis appears from the display When the TA mode is not activated a T indica tor appears on the display indicating that the current radio station broadcasts traffic 4 20 Heater and air conditioner and audio system announcements Pressing the TA button will ac tivate the TA mode and the indicator changes from T to TA NOTE The TA mode operates regardless of whether the AF mode is on or Off Traffic announcement interrupt function When a traffic announcement is received the an nouncement is tuned in and the volume increases to the set level TRAFFIC is displayed and the TA indi cator blinks Once the traffic announcement is finished the unit returns to the source which was set before
67. lights Switch P 2 16 Location and bulb replace ment P 8 23 Towing eye P 6 13 Tyres Tyres and wheels P 8 29 9 5 Flat tyre P 6 3 Side turn signal light P 2 17 Location and bulb replacement P 8 23 Outside rear view mirrors P 3 12 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 3 s oN NIC1475 Rear window Defogger switch P 2 15 High mounted stop light P 8 23 Antenna P 4 16 Rear combination light Switch P 2 16 Loca tion and bulb replacement P 8 23 Back door handle Door locks P 3 8 Remote keyless entry system P 3 3 Rear wiper Wiper and washer switch P 2 13 Wiper replacement P 8 19 Ultrasonic parking sensors P 3 22 Fuel filler lid P 3 11 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL LAYOUT 0 4 Illustrated table of contents LEFT HAND DRIVE LHD MODELS 1 2 N 9 Headlight dimmer and turn signal switch P 2 16 Steering wheel switches Steering wheel G switch P 4 38 Audio control switch P 2 3 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 2 2 7 Driver air bag Horn P 1 11 2 19 Steering wheel switches Cruise control P 5 18 Speed limiter P 5 15 Windscreen wiper and washer switch P 2 13 Audio system P 4 10 Navigation system Storage area P 2 22 Centre console storage box P 2 22 Audio jack socket AUX
68. lt nise 5 gt button is pressed repeatedly further information about the song can be displayed along with the song title A long press on lt Disp 5 gt will turn the display into a detailed overview which after a few seconds returns to the main display or press lt Dise 5 gt briefly BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE FEATURE This system offers a hands free facility for your mo bile telephone with Bluetooth to enhance driving safety and comfort For details see Mobile phone integration where fitted later in this section Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 33 AM FM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER AND NAVIGATION where fitted FR FRA 1 FM Pop Radio 1 fie 1 sf af e fs NAA1115 NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation For details see the separately provided NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation Owner s Manual AUDIO JACK SOCKET AUX where fitted SSO Te NAA1114 A without USB B with USB where fitted The audio jack socket 1 accepts portable personal stereo audio devices such as a Cassette player CD player MP3 player and the USB socket where fit ted accepts USB devices such as USB stick or iPOD player When a compatible device is plugged into the socket press the SRC button see LW MW FM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section or the AUX button see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section or the separate
69. lubricants eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenees 9 2 Recommended SAE viscosity number sssssseeccerreeerren 9 4 Outside temperature display sagsccccesetevnastvnesssovedeaadsssssiinenasenas 2 4 Overheat Engine overheat vsi scciiciicassaatssavescttececetaaaageedddadetaaceetecenns 6 11 Parking soycrsay inepetanesanmmmmennnenmnennepadacsessunnaaoasaseetetteeunsesaeneas 5 22 Ultrasonic parking Sensor ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 5 22 Phone Bluetooth senteitncasisauetaadshiscitehanennta eo coanoedpeceaentapaecceetee 4 34 Mobile phone integration cccccseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanees 4 34 Power Power steering system snssiaiiccicnctbhnsetioastedecceesuteupecdeeetits 5 27 Power window Driver s side Reinitialisation procedure cccsicnicencyssvessssraiach tapadadvastharts ctodaprsasnencesnueteveaese 8 16 Power Outlet sictininticcecens ania anensnuanreranua totes Uunniidruadiibteh dieses 2 20 POWE WINKOWS siccsadads cecnadedidastssrecmmuenteecuecanassendt Meneppeatsataises 2 25 Automatic Operation 2 0 cccceeeceeccceessceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 2 26 Driver s side MAIN switch ssdicdemendsiieiseairreesissiem 2 26 Passenger s side switch ssssatcnteoptbtencetnauaaysedveuminmeedeeenah 2 26 Pre tensioner seat belt system cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeaeees 1 9 Precaution Seatbelt usage feces sc vadliansccecotaceupescenanscecadtbnneeaceseuseaes 1 6 Index 10 5
70. may reduce brak ing performance and could result in loss of vehicle control CAUTION While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking actions or sudden acceleration could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident Be aware that brakes will fade if repeated heavy brake applications are made Driving uphill When starting on a steep gradient it is sometimes difficult to operate the brake AT models or both the brake and clutch MT models Use the handbrake to hold the vehicle Do not slip the clutch MT mod els When ready to start slowly release the hand brake while depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing the clutch MT models or depressing the accelerator pedal AT models Driving downhill The engine braking action is effective for controlling the vehicle while descending hills The gear lever MT models should be placed in a gear position low enough to obtain sufficient engine braking For AT models the 2 Second or 1 First gear should be selected 5 28 Starting and driving ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a so a device but it cannot prevent acci dents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain ve hicle control during braking on slippery sur faces Remember that stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads o
71. move the gear lever to N Neutral position For automatic transmis sion models move the selector lever to P Park position Do not work under the engine bonnet while the engine is hot Turn off the engine and wait until it cools down Be sure to turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position When the ignition switch is in the ON or Acc position the cooling fan may start to operate suddenly even when the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the engine If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts itis advisable to remove ties and any jewel lery such as rings watches etc before work ing on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases Never get under the vehicle while it is sup ported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel and battery Never connect or disconnect either the bat tery or any transistorised component connec tor while the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Never leave the engine or transmission re lated component harness connector discon nected while the ignition switch is in the ON position On pet
72. of children Always use window washer fluid recom mended by NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is between the MIN 2 and MAX A lines or the brake warning light comes on add fluid up to the MAX line See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for the rec ommended brake and clutch fluid type If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop CAUTION NISSAN recommends that refilling and check ing the brake and clutch systems should be left to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop who will have the necessary fluids and techni cal knowledge Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash with water 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself NDI723Z A WARNING Anti freeze window washer is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Check the fluid level in the window washer res ervotr If the fluid level is low add window washer fluid up to the MAX level Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a window washer anti freeze Follow the manufacturer s in structio
73. position and adjust the distance to oil change schedule as previ ously described See the Warranty Information amp Maintenance Book let for the appropriate interval distance to oil change CAUTION The oil level should be checked regularly Op erating with an insufficient oil level can dam age the engine and such damage is not cov ered by the warranty NISSAN recommends checking the oil level every 5 000 km 3 000 miles DIGITAL CLOCK The clock function at the top of the LCD display provides a clock display when the ignition switch is in the ON position 12 24 hour setting Briefly pressing the Clock setting Oil change sched ule setting switch will toggle between the 12 and 24 hour modes Note that when the clock dis plays 0 01 in the 24 hour mode and is changed to the 12 hour mode the display will show 12 01 AM Hour setting Pressing the Clock setting Oil change schedule set ting switch 2 for 3 seconds or more will initialise the clock adjustment procedure The hour setting mode is indicated by the hour dig it s the colon and AM or PM in the 12 hour mode flashing at a certain frequency Each activation of the switch 2 changes the time by 1 hour The display will show AM or PM in the 12 hour mode and will change at midday and midnight If the 2 switch is not pressed for 5 seconds or more the clock changes to minutes setting mode Instruments and controls 2 5 Minutes setting
74. pushing the cruise control main switch 6 and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATIONS The cruise control system can be set at the follow ing speeds Engine type Maximum speed 1 4 petrol 148 km h 91 MPH 40 km h 163 km h 1 6 petrol MT 95 MPH 100 MPH 160 km h 1 6 petrol AT 99 MPH 1 5 dCi 63 kW 147 km h diesel 30 km h 90 MPH 1 5dCi75kW 20 MPH 165 km h diesel 100 MPH Starting and driving 5 19 Vehicles with petrol engine Turning the cruise control system on The cruise control system can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the cruise control main switch The CRUISE indicator and the cruise control symbol 7 will illuminate in the combination meter display Setting a cruising speed 1 Accelerate to the desired cruising speed 2 Push the SET switch 2 downwards and release it 3 The SET indicator 8 and the set speed value 9 will be displayed in the combination meter display 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The vehicle will maintain the set speed If the vehicle speed is less than 40 km h 25 MPH it will not be possible to set the cruise con trol system Changing a cruising speed Use any one of the following methods to change the cruising speed Slow the vehicle as normal using the footbrake pedal the SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off When the ve
75. reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver s side door is opened if the headlight switch is turned on ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position Turn the headlight switch to OFF or AUTO where fitted when you leave the vehicle See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details on the lighting operation Key reminder chime The chime will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch and an attempt is made to set the power door lock switch to the LOCK position The chime will sound if the driver s door is opened while the Intelligent Key where fitted is left inside the vehicle and the ignition knob is not in the LOCK position Remove the key or Intelligent Key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Handbrake reminder buzzer where fitted The buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven and the handbrake has not previously been released First release the handbrake then start driving See Handbrake lever in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for further operating infor mation Trailer direction indicator buzzer The electrical system of the vehicle will detect an additional electrical load of the trailer lighting when towing a trailer and the turn signal switch is used As aresult the direction indicator tone will be differ ent For additional information see Trailer towing
76. repaired Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags where fitted cur tain air bags where fitted and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to activate on a one time only ba sis AS a reminder unless it is damaged the air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of the air bag system should be done only by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the air bag systems related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person con ducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working un der the bonnet or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once the air bag has inflated or the pre ten sioner seat belt has been activated the air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt will not function again and must be replaced The air bag module should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The air bag module cannot be repaired All air bag systems should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if there is any damage to the front end portion of the vehicle When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual If you need to dispose of an air bag or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied work
77. secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be in jured in an accident or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around the vehicle to prevent them from play ing and being locked in the luggage compart ment where they could be seriously injured Keep the vehicle locked with the rear seat back securely latched when not in use and prevent children from having access to the vehicle s keys Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against whiplash injury Always adjust them properly when returning the seatbacks to the upright position NOTE The lowest head restraint position is a stowage position to assist seat folding and rear vision The lowest position intended for use is with the head restraint raised to its first notch position It should be further adjusted to suit the passenger if necessary NPA714Z A Passenger compartment side B Luggage compartment side Forward and backward The rear bench seat can be moved forward and backward by pulling the bar and sliding the seat for ward or backward from the passenger s compart ment A It can also be moved forward or backward from the luggage compartment by first releasing the handle lock lever D then pushing or pulling the handle NPA715Z Folding Luggage compartment loading capacity can be in creased by folding the rear seats forward
78. shelf or items in the luggage compartment area Remove the rear parcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it in the luggage compartment area Also secure any lose items in the luggage compartment Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Anchor point locations Anchor points are located at the base of the rear back seat luggage compartment side A WARNING Refer to the child restraint manufacturer own er s manual for proper installation of the child restraint s top tether on the rear bench seat If in doubt consult a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop Only two anchor points identified by the top tether labels can be used for top tether strap anchorage Under no circumstances should the luggage hooks be used for top tether strap anchorage CAUTION If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat con sult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for details 1 24 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Meters and QOS isinsin sassone 2 2 CO COMO LON v5 ares nis cacees lata ecacauanrtaaaideitieeiie 2 2 TACHMOME IC casiiau cer deteererbaicnminenasiciamauene 2 2 gle Re E e e ren Merri er tren rrr rt rrr 2 2 Combination meter display LCD s s s 2 3 Odometer twin trip Odometer
79. shoulder belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts Contact your doctor for specific recom mendations The seat belt should be worn snug always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doc tor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should wear a seat belt at all times Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat A WARNING The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and upright in the seat If the seat is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased SS0292Z 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it snaps CAUTION The seat belt retractor is designed to lock during a sudden impact A slow pulling motion will per mit the belt to move and allow you some free dom of movement in the seat Safety seats seat belts and supp
80. small children be seated in a child restraint system on the rear seat if available According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT Os SPA1097Z The Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the front air bag sys tem side and curtain air bag systems where fitted and pre tensioner seat belt system The circuits 1 13 monitored by the SRS air bag warning light are all sensors air bag modules and all related wiring and the pre tensioner seat belt After turning the ignition switch to the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 seconds if the sys tem is operational If any of the following conditions occurs the front air bag side and curtain air bag systems where fitted and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing and should be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The SRS air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit tently The SRS air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bags side and curtain air bags where fitted and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate properly They must be checked and
81. switched off as soon as the driver s door is opened It is possible to leave the external lights on perma nently by switching them back on using the head light switch while the ignition switch is still in the LOCK or OFF position In this case the light re minder chime will sound when the driver s door is opened Battery save function for interior light The interior light will automatically be switched off after approximately 15 minutes if it has been acci dentally left on TURN SIGNAL SWITCH NIC1071Z Lane change signal To signal a lane change move the lever up or down 4 to the point where lights begin flashing Direction indicator Move the lever up or down to indicate right or left When the turn is completed the turn signal is automatically cancelled FOG LIGHT SWITCH FRONT FOG LIGHT where fitted NIC1058Z The front fog lights should only be used when visibil ity is seriously reduced generally to less than 100 m 328 ft Turn the headlight switch to the pa or 40 posi tion and turn the fog light switch to the 4D position D The front fog lights and indicator light will come on For additional information see Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders earlier in this sec tion To turn the front fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 17 aris D NIC1059 A TypeA B Type B REAR FOG LIGHT
82. the lt ENTER gt button It is also possible to enter the setup menu directly via the lt gt phone button The following options can be selected Pair Device Bluetooth mobile phones can be paired with the system A maximum of 5 Bluetooth mobile phones can be registered For details see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section Select Device Paired Bluetooth mobile phone are listed on the display and can be selected for connection For details see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section Delete Device A registered Bluetooth mobile phone can be de leted For details see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section On Off If this setting is turned off the connection be tween the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be cancelled Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 35 For details see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted earlier in this section When successfully paired a notification message will be displayed During the connection the follow ing status icons will be displayed top left of dis play Signal strength u Battery status and Bluetooth 3 If the low battery message comes on the Blue tooth device must be recharged soon HANDS FREE TELEPHONE CONTROL The hands free mode can be operated using the telephone
83. the switch Locking passenger s windows Dependant on the vehicle specifications when the window lock button is depressed either the rear passenger window switches are dis abled or the front and rear passenger window switches are disabled Push it again to cancel the window lock function PASSENGER S SIDE SWITCH To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch AUTOMATIC OPERATION To fully open the driver s side window press the window switch 1 down to the second detent and release it does not need to be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the win dow lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close the driver s side window pull the switch 1 up to the second detent where fitted and release it it does not need to be held The win dow automatically closes all the way To stop the window press the switch 1 down while the win dow Is closing A WARNING Make sure that no passenger is obstructing the driver s side window opening when closing with the driver s side auto A power window switch See Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for reinitialisation procedure after battery reconnection Auto reverse function for driver s window equipped with automatic closing function If the co
84. the towing hook eye only not other parts of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged 6 14 Incase of emergency Only use the towing hook eye to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the towing hook eye The towing hook eye is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the ve hicle Never pull on the towing hook eye at a sideways angle CAUTION In order not to break the towing line tension it slowly 7 Appearance and care Glea ing OHO sa sniearcatceenannsetaruneecestinsetoatesanseanet 7 2 IV SN saisai Baha die cts ere aa eat ante cedadamenteaseises 7 2 Removing SPOlSrsnenseesie aea 7 2 NV AIAG E T E A E 7 2 Cleaning OAS ct ces sncsiceceek ma eioen Ranina oaee aana 7 3 Underbody ssssssssssssnnssrrenrnnnsnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 7 3 Gare OF Wheels aicecencsantiisnicamiiasaacerinaienesinians 7 3 Cleaning alloy wheels s 7 3 Chome Par asosan aneen AEE 7 3 Cleaning interior sscccsisaecacapatelsdavedae cararadariumeecabnacsesvatans 7 3 BN UNM I EE AAS A A A A 7 4 Cleaning Glas aisiari aani 7 4 Ra iepa nnp 7 4 S SS E E E O E OE 7 4 Corrosion protectiON sssssiissrsisessiiesrinnnnsis niinus 7 4 Most common factors contributing to vehicle CON OSON ooien anei Eiaa 7 4 Environmental factors influence the rate of EEE E I O ATA A O T AN 7 4 To protect your ve
85. the traf fic announcement started and the volume returns to the previous level For EON stations the radio is interrupted by another EON station with traffic an nouncements The traffic announcement interrupt mode is can celled if the TA BAND or SRC button is pressed during a traffic announcement The TA mode re turns to the standby mode Volume level for traffic announcements The volume for traffic announcements can be set as described in the User set up menu later in this section NEWS mode To enable or disable the news mode in the FM band press the NEWS button When the news mode is enabled the NEWS icon will be displayed When the news mode is activated and the radio receives a news code from a FM broadcasting sta tion the actual playing mode will be interrupted Once the news broadcast has finished the audio unit will return to the previous source During the interruption the display alternates between NEWS and the broadcasting station name 1 NEWS standby mode The news standby mode can be activated while in FM radio or CD mode if FM was previously selected in the radio mode Pressing the button the news standby mode will switch off and the NEWS icon will dis appear from the display 2 NEWS interruption mode A news interruption will be announced and NEWS will be displayed when the radio detects the news code from the tuned station or EON stations The audio system will change t
86. to duplicate the wheel lock key Record the key number as shown on the key code card on the Security information page at the end of this manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle If you loose the wheel lock key see your NISSAN dealer for a duplicate with the original wheel lock key code NCE318 5 To lift the vehicle securely hold and turn the handle clockwise as shown 6 Carefully raise the vehicle until the tyre clears the ground 7 Remove the wheel bolts then remove the wheel with the flat tyre In case of emergency 6 5 CAUTION The wheel is heavy Be sure that your feet are clear of the wheel and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury NCE198Z A Tighten B Loosen Installing the wheel A WARNING The temporary use spare tyre is designed for emergency use See Spare tyre earlier in this section Never use wheel bolts that were not provided with your vehicle Incorrect wheel bolts or im properly tightened wheel bolts may cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident 6 6 Incase of emergency Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts This may cause the wheel bolts to become loose 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and the hub 2 Carefully fit the wheel and tighten the wheel bolts with your fingers Models with wheel lock bolt where fitted Insert the wheel lock key into the wheel lock bolt
87. warn ing light illuminated the fail safe will limit en gine revolutions and or torque In this case the engine oil must be replaced and the pro cess of burning accumulated particulate mat ter must be carried out by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Use engine oil for diesel particulate filter equipped models For details see Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section CARE WHEN DRIVING Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is es sential for your safety and comfort As a driver you should be the one who knows best how to drive in the given circumstances ENGINE COLD START PERIOD Due to the higher engine speeds when the engine is cold extra caution must be exercised when select ing a gear during the engine warm up period after starting the engine LOADING LUGGAGE Loads their distribution and the attachment of equip ment coupling devices roof luggage carriers etc will change the driving characteristics of the vehicle considerably Driving style and speed must be ad justed accordingly DRIVING ON WET ROADS Avoid starting off accelerating and stopping sud denly Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle in front When water covers the road surface in puddles small streams etc REDUCE SPEED to prevent aquaplaning which will cause skidding and loss of control Worn tyres increase this r
88. warning labels seeen 1 13 Active head restraints where fitted for front Air bag warning light sssssssssssssessssrrsrssrrrnssrreresn 1 13 E e N P E A E EEEE A 1 5 Front passenger air bag indicator light 1 14 Geat De Mh senina n in aE Aei 1 5 Chila TESIGINIS scictatis vertoxtateneisensectanieeiceiaceniesnin 1 16 Seat belt warning lights 1 5 Precautions on child restraint usage 1 16 Precautions on seat belt usage eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Installation of a child restraint system on the CNG Safely ssri na 1 7 front passenger seat 1 19 Pregnant WOMEN siicessccratectsteviaxiasonestiaesieriguenects 1 7 Installation of a child restraint system on rear IEF EC DENSOINS seier 1 7 SS oats E O tae ssioate tees uaacec oueesed nae etneeepeeak 1 20 Three point type seat belts 1 7 ORIA SyS TET oprasi 1 22 Seat belt maintenance seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 9 Top tether strap for child restraint eee 1 23 SEATS FRONT SEATS Manual seat adjustment 4 WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and upright in the seat If the seatback is re clined the risk of sliding under the lap belt a
89. wheel Acc Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and elec trical accessories START 4 The engine starter activates and the engine will start As soon as the engine has started release the key immediately It will return to the ON position NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will stop the engine if someone tries to start the engine with out using the registered NATS key Immobilizer If you failed to start the engine using the NATS Key turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position wait for 5 seconds and turn the key to the START position again to start the engine For additional information see Security system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion IGNITION KNOB where fitted NSD343 A MT models B AT models 1 OFF PUSH release button A WARNING Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position while driving as the steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the ve hicle and could result in serious damage to the vehicle or personal injury The ignition knob includes an anti theft steering lock device There is an OFF position between the LOCK and Acc positions although it is not shown on the lock cylinder When the ignition knob is in th
90. will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor pan els corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high rela tive humidity especially those areas where the tem peratures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well venti lated Corrosion will also accelerate in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also acceler ate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint sur face and if any exists repair it as soon as pos sible Keep the drain holes at the bottom of the doors and back door opened to avoid water accumula tion Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION Never remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the
91. with a booster battery and jumper leads the instructions and cautions contained in the Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section should be carefully fol lowed 7 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather A WARNING Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up DRIVING DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into the R Reverse position When you are shifting from one gear to an other be certain to depress the clutch pedal all the way to the floor to avoid clashing or chipping the gears Avoid abrupt starts and acceleration for your safety When quick acceleration is required for some reason shift to a lower gear and accelerate until the vehicle reaches the maximum speed in each gear Do not exceed the speed limit of any gear Pay special attention when acceler ating or when shifting into a lower gear on slippery surfaces Sudden acceleration or down shifting could cause the wheels to skid and result in loss of control NSD340 5 speed MT NSD292Z 6 speed MT where fitted A RHD models B LHD models 1 Gear lever ring Shifting To change gears fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropria
92. with straps twisted Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap Every occupant in this vehicle should wear a seat belt at all times Your vehicle has seating positions and seat belts for five 5 occupants two 2 in the front seats and three 3 in the rear Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop af ter any collision NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a colli 1 6 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sion should be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assem blies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Once the pre tensioner seat belt has been ac tivated it cannot be re used It must be re placed together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop ONLY If the seat belt warning light glows continu ously while the ignition switch is in the ON position all doors are closed and seat belts is are fastened it
93. 1 16 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury in an accident Child restraints specially designed for infants and small children are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any child restraint keep the follow ing points in mind Choose a child restraint that complies with the latest European safety standard ECE Regula tion 44 03 Place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure that the child restraint is suitable for your child Always follow all of the recommended procedures Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat belt system Refer to the tables further in this section for a list of the recommended fitment positions and the approved child restraint for your vehicle A WARNING Since your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the child seat however it should be as upright as possible Follow all the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use An ap propriate child restraint should be chosen and purchased according to the child and the ve hicle as it may not be possible to properly install some type
94. 14 Towing precautions si cerstssssceitcepemncceestssausieeonnnendeeceeum 6 12 o ralertoWng sctattcecctabeddiisrestumnnnsnniseennnes AET 5 24 Trailer Trailer brakes eseesssssssssnnnnnrrrrrrrrrerssssssnnnnntnrnnnrrreren 5 25 railler detection 2ccccccasssnaseccenntmennnsteepercnasinatiisameueeeuenemmnts 5 25 Trailer towing scsiseccsecssiiseaeedastscdsntstienteciaadsaseeesbencedseeeenien 5 24 Transmission Automatic transmission ignition knob seese 5 6 5 8 Automatic transmission fluid ATF cccccseeceeeeeseeeeeees 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission oo 5 12 Driving with manual transmission eeeeeeeeeeeeee estes eeees 5 11 Manual transmission ignition knob ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 8 Manual transmission ignition switch ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Travelling or transferring your registration to another country 9 6 Turbocharger system Diesel engine models n 5 4 Turn signal switch Siscctsecetisciteverssuaagteisteeceersanauatadeyteneceetetenns 2 17 Tyre Changing tyres and wheels cc cccsesesseessceeteeeeeeeeeeeees 8 31 Flattyre teacup ata rteeersatet itl seanadt pea ctesnse beeen eae te be aeenceestee toutes 6 3 Repairing flat tyre cee addcesasartinesceneddossresstensnttticteccderedecean 6 7 pare tyre ussssesesritirssrstrririrtssrerrirrintssssrrrttintttesrretns 8 31 emporary use spare tyre ccccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
95. 14DE or HR16DE JR5 K9K without diesel Manual transaxle gear oil gear type particulate filter TL K9K with diesel particulate filter Automatic transaxle fluid 9 2 Technical information Capacity approximate Litre 46 3 4 4 6 4 4 3 2 4 4 4 2 4 9 5 6 5 4 6 0 6 7 0 7 1 0 2 6 2 5 2 0 Tl Imp measure 10 1 8 gal 3 qt 4 qt 3 7 8 qt 2 7 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 7 8 qt 4 3 4 qt 5 1 4 qt 5 7 8 qt 5 8 qt 7 8 qt 4 5 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 3 1 2 qt 6 3 4 qt Recommended fuel and lubricants See Fuel recommendation later in this section CR14DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil API SG SH or SJ 1 ILSAC grade GF I or GF II 1 ACEA A2 HR16DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil API SL 1 ILSAC grade GF III 1 K9K engine without diesel particulate filter Euro 4 Genuine NISSAN engine oil ACEA B3 or B4 1 K9K engine with diesel particulate filter Genuine NISSAN engine oil Euro 4 ACEA C3 2004 1 Euro 5 ACEA C4 low saps 1 Genuine NISSAN engine coolant or equivalent 2 Genuine NISSAN gear oil or API GL 4 SAE viscosity 75W 80 4 Texaco ETL8997B 75W 80 or API GL 4 SAE viscosity 75W 80 4 Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic D or equivalent 3 Capacity approximate Recommended fuel and lubricants Litre Imp measure Brake amp clutch fluid Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN Brake fluid or DOT 3 or DOT 4 US the 8 Main
96. 2 1 2 0 knob aeepnr pe tnt reene et trt Mrnprr eer rseresrrrr erm eet Crrr nner terre 5 7 Locking unlocking scsiicscsacansacnneceassastensiccssemedgansecsaesennes s 3 5 Starting the engine saserccrdayterereamvr earns 3 6 Interior ligh S acessi 2 27 8 24 Luggage compartment light seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 28 Maplighi eecedecreccteasnsensaiiatecandatnnasnnssseponsndedvadeeemnnngettieend 2 28 iPod player operation ssssssssessseeeeesssssrrrrrrrrrrrerereenn nenn 4 30 ISOFIX SYSTEM siriene ii T E 1 22 JUV STAG sese a ES 6 9 8 16 Key gnition knob positions sisissiisevcessstsyseesnersnircccerecmnvaebens 5 8 intelligent Key system ssssssesssessserseersrrrrrrrrerrrrnrrrrrinnn 3 5 Key positions Ignition switch essseeeseeesseeeseeereereeerereeee 5 7 So ae ee ete 3 2 Remote keyless entry system ccccsccceeccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 3 Light Exterior lights edeccceseeactecdstans teeth tenon coeeasusssaeededcpeneesccceseres 8 24 POGINGMTSWAHCW sinisisi cd ilvecueeresasataes 2 17 Hazard warning flasher switch c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 Headlight aiming Control switch ceccccccseeesdccecenuuveeeeeeesenes 2 18 Headlight and turn signal switch ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Headlight cleaner cxgeiiiiesssias sedis vpepebwanseveoossyiyiieteccdeeceseon 2 14 Headlight switch coscss cceesesssiccatunnssiercoctinisactedtcenteie lt deeotts
97. 2 km h 1 2 MPH Push and hold the SET switch upwards or downwards The set speed will increase or de crease in steps of 4 km h 2 3 MPH The new set speed value Q will be displayed in the combination meter Passing another vehicle Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate After releasing the accelerator pedal the vehicle will re turn to the previously set speed The set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle returns to the previously set speed Cancelling the cruise control system To cancel a set speed limit push the CANCEL switch 8 The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off The set speed value Q will remain displayed as this speed is now stored in the cruise control sys tem memory The cruise control system will also be cancelled automatically by any of the following Pressing the footbrake pedal Pressing the clutch pedal Moving the gear lever to the N Neutral position lf the vehicle slows down more than 12 km h 8 MPH below the set speed Resuming a previous cruising speed If the cruising speed has been cancelled the set speed value will remain displayed in the combi nation meter and the speed will be stored in the cruise control system memory This cruising speed can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 If the vehicle speed is less than 30 km h 20 MPH it will not be possible to resume to the cruising speed Turn the
98. 4Z CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Make sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the OFF position 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 3 Remove the fusible link cover 1 4 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 5 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller where fit ted The fuse puller is located in the fuse box of the passenger compartment 6 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 7 Install the fusible link cover 8 Close the bonnet NOTE If the new fuse opens again after installing have the electrical system checked and re paired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop For checking and replacing the fuses inside the fus ible link box located under the headlight assem bly contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compart ment without removing the headlight assembly CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratc
99. ARNING NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for engine oil servicing NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM A used oil filter should be disposed of at a rubbish tip having proper facilities 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the handbrake Start the engine If the engine is cold start and let the engine idle until the engine temperature reaches the operational temperature Turn the engine off and wait at least 10 minutes to let the engine oil drain back into the oil pan Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Remove the engine oil filler cap 6 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points For details see Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section Remove the engine compartment under cover where fitted 8 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 9 Remove the d
100. AWARE OF THE SELECTOR LEVER POSI TION Make sure that the selector lever is in the desired position Use the D Drive 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear to move forwards and the R Reverse to move backwards Release the handbrake lever and the footbrake pedal then depress the accelerator pedal to start the vehicle in motion and merge with traffic avoid abrupt starting and spinning the wheels Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped this could cause unexpected ve hicle movement if the selector lever is in the R Reverse D Drive 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear position or damage the engine if the selector lever is in the N Neutral or P Park position WARM THE ENGINE UP Due to the higher idle speeds when the en gine is cold extra caution must be taken when shifting the selector lever into the driving po sition immediately after starting the engine PARKING THE VEHICLE Depress the footbrake pedal and once the vehicle stops move the selector lever into the P Park position pull the handbrake lever and release the footbrake pedal Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse D Drive 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear 2 Keep the footbrake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 3 Release the handbrake and footbrake then gradua
101. CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can cause damage to the spark plugs Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Replace spark plugs according to the maintenance schedule For details see the separately provided Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for servicing AIR CLEANER FILTER NDI660Z HR16DE or K9K engine A WARNING Operating the engine without the air cleaner filter can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air it also stops flame if the engine backfires If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive without the air cleaner filter Be careful when working on the engine with out the air cleaner filter VISCOUS PAPER TYPE The filter element 1 should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance schedule For details see the separately provided Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet When replac ing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner hous Ing and the cover with a damp cloth DRY PAPER TYPE where fitted Check the filter element 1 to see if it is dirty If it is dirty shake the element to remove dust Clean or replace it according to the maintenance schedule For details see the
102. Child safety vip cicetenkcctrrs sinaatiieaiadiiihietc contac teaade 1 7 njured persons iecdetetissswetisiies cements saint toieetrectentateeis 1 7 Pre tensioner seat belt system cccccccccccsseetteeceeeeeseeeeeeeeees 1 9 Precautions on seat belt usage u eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettees 1 6 Pregnant WOMEN sirsie aaa aa 1 7 Seatbelt mantenang Sasccncrtatrecussersassteummsaraaanqunurmbenoerens 1 9 Seat belt warning lights ssesssssssseesseseseeesserrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrern 1 5 Seatbelts sesesesnssnesrnrrsurrsrnnrnnrrnnrnnnnnrnnrrnnrrnrrnrnnrens 1 5 7 4 Three point type seat belts 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 7 Security System sttcdiidasaarisieetininiuiasardtssaiiiaeceanddentadiccasitsndeduess 3 9 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS neeese 3 9 Servicing air Conditioner cccccscaiaisesisnevtbesteteriiitidddeadiiesnntanszncnes 4 7 SNOW CHAINS sererai nET E EE EERE ENTE 8 30 Spare tyre wanectstetacccaubaaasiaueaasaaiatandusuinencetiwentissunanncetse roan 6 2 Spark plugs Petrol engine models cesesesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 18 Speed limiter tase ssicerenaeoted cccccseeoereniiaeenccierrdeseswseddedinediieceadatan 5 15 Speed limiter operations cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 16 Vehicles with diesel engine eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 5 17 Vehicles with petrol engine seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 16 Starting Before star
103. Do not drive with the back door opened This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle Closely supervise children when they are around the vehicle to prevent them from play ing and being locked in the luggage compart ment where they could be seriously injured Keep the vehicle locked with the back door closed when not in use and prevent chil dren s access to the vehicle s keys SECURITY SYSTEM NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will not allow the engine to start without the use of the reg istered NATS key Immobilizer If the engine fails to start using the registered NATS key it may be due to interference from another NATS key an automated toll road device or an auto mated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 5 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference sepa rated from the registered NATS key or NATS Intelligent Key where fitted If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NATS key or NATS Intelligent Key where fitted on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices SIC2045Z Meters and gauges
104. EDULE During the first 1 600 km 1 000 miles follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow the recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at a constant speed either fast or slow Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km 500 miles NOTE Models with K9K diesel engine will achieve top performance only after approximately 5 000 km 3 000 miles 5 2 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE A WARNING The driving characteristics of your vehicle can be changed remarkably by any additional load and its distribution as well as by adding optional equipment trailer couplings roof racks etc Your driving style and speed have to be adjusted accordingly Especially when carrying heavy loads your speed must be reduced adequately Make sure the area around the vehicle is free of obstacles Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible at least whenever you refuel Visually inspect tyres for their appearance and condition Also check the tyre pressure for proper inflation Maintenance items in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section should be checked peri odically
105. G Regional mode earlier in this sec tion NOTE If the AF mode is in the OFF position then the REG mode will not be available for se lection Ifthe REG mode is in the OFF position the display shows REG OFF for 3 seconds af ter the audio unit has been switched on Press either the lt lt or gt gt button to switch between the on or off position for the Speed Dependent Volume SDV When the SDV is on the audio volume will change according to the vehicle speed Adjust the default turn ON volume level ON VOL using the lt lt or gt gt button This volume will be the maximum level every time the audio is switched on However note that if the volume before switching off the audio unit is lower than the ON VOL the audio unit will switch on with your adjusted volume To enable or disable the AUX source where fit ted press either the lt lt or gt gt button to switch between the on or off position After the desired levels have been set the settings are saved by pressing the mode MOD button The settings are also saved when waiting for more than 10 seconds without pressing any buttons Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 21 COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER OPERATION Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing After loading the CD
106. IP computer setting 2 Clock setting Oil change schedule setting switch A Clock display B Cruise control Speed limiter display For further information see Speed limiter in the 5 Starting and driving section and Cruise control system in the 5 Starting and driving section Outside temperature display Odometer distance to oil change information Twin trip odometer Trip computer mode Oil level status HR16DE or K9K engine equipped models only Toom g Q where fitted NOTE The LCD display information comes on only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position ODOMETER TWIN TRIP ODOMETER Odometer O The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven 0 Twin trip odometer The twin trip odometer records the distance of indi vidual trips The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed in when the ignition switch is in the ON position Changing the display Press the TRIP button Steering wheel G switch to change the display as follows Trip A gt Trip B gt Trip Computer modes where fit ted Resetting the trip odometer In the Trip A or Trip B mode press the TRIP button Steering wheel G switch for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero TRIP COMPUTER where fitted When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion modes of the trip computer can be selected by pressing the TRIP button Steering wheel switch
107. LE control Use this set up to enhance or attenuate the treble Press the function adjustment button lt lt or gt gt while in the treble control mode to adjust the treble BALANCE control Use this set up to adjust the balance of the volume between the left and right channels Press the function adjustment button lt lt or gt gt while in the balance control mode to adjust the left right balance 4 18 Heater and air conditioner and audio system FADER control Use this set up to adjust the balance of the volume between the front and rear where fitted speakers Press the function adjustment button lt lt or gt gt while in the fader control mode to adjust the rear front balance Audio set up indications and description of opera tion AUDIO ene CONTROL UP DOWN BUT SET UP ene Centre position BASS 7 BASS BASS 7 BASS 0 bass adjustment TREBLE treble FADER FAD O FADER 9 FADER front EFFECT front rear Use this set up to change the preset sound effect TREBLE 7 TREBLE O TREBLE 7 adjustment BALANCE BAL 9 BAL O BAL 9 left right BALANCE BALANCE balance Left Right adjustment balance adjustment Press either lt lt or gt gt button and the mode changes as follows OFF lt ENHANCE amp ACOUSTIC amp LIVE amp OFF The EQ indicator comes on when an effect mode has been selected and goes out when OFF is se lected Source tone memory The audio unit m
108. ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed NOTE The ignition knob warning light blinks and a buzzer sounds twice when the ignition knob is turned to the OFF position Make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position then turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details regarding the functionality of the ignition knob warning light STEERING LOCK To lock the steering wheel In the LOCK position turn the steering wheel 1 6 of a turn from the straight up position To unlock the steering wheel Depress the brake pedal push the ignition knob and turn it towards the Acc position while gently rotating the steering wheel right or left IGNITION KNOB POSITION LOCK Normal parking position 0 The steering lock can be only be locked from this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel Acc Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 The engine starter activates and the engine will start As soon as the engine has started release the knob immediately It will return to the ON position EMERGENCY KEY INTELLIGENT KEY DEAD BA
109. P 4 34 Storage area P 2 22 Centre vent P 4 2 10 Front passenger air bag P 1 11 11 Glove box opening P 2 21 12 Side vent P 4 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 92 93 24 25 26 Front passenger air bag deactivate switch P 1 15 Front passenger seat belt warning light Front passenger air bag indicator light P 1 5 1 14 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 19 Cup holders P 2 22 Power outlet P 2 20 Heater and air conditioning control panel P 4 2 4 8 Ignition switch or ignition knob P 5 6 5 7 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 12 Fuse box cover P 8 21 ESP OFF switch P 5 30 Bonnet lock release lever P 3 10 Fuel filler lid opener lever P 3 11 Headlight aiming control switch P 2 18 Outside mirror control P 3 12 See the page indicated in parentheses for oper ating details kk where fitted Refer to the separate NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 5 0 6 Illustrated table of contents RIGHT HAND DRIVE RHD MODELS 1 Side vent P 4 2 NO Glove box opening P 2 21 co Front passenger air bag P 1 11 Storage area P 2 22 O A Centre vent P 4 2 Audio system P 4 10 O Navigation system Storage area P 2 22 7 Centre console storage box P 2 22 Audio jack socket AUX P 4 34 8
110. Particulate matter collected in the filter can not be burned under low speed driving conditions After having burned the particulate matter com pletely the warning light will turn off See Diesel particulate filter where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details Glow plug indicator light Diesel engine This light comes on when the ignition switch Is in the ON position and goes out when the glow plugs have been pre heated When the engine is cold the glow plug warm up time will be longer CAUTION If the light remains on this may indicate a prob lem in the glow system Have the system checked at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Overdrive off indicator light automatic transmission The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive is turned OFF See Driving with auto matic transmission in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 12 Instruments and controls If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the Fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical cir cuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer or q
111. RHD models P 8 13 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Fuel filter priming bulb RHD models P 8 12 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 13 6 Air cleaner filter P 8 19 7 Battery P 8 15 8 Fuses fusible link box P 8 21 9 g Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 11 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 14 Illustrated table of contents O 11 0 12 Illustrated table of contents See Ne eye gt p e Euro 5 KOK ENGINE Fuel filter priming bulb LHD models P 8 12 Brake clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 13 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models P 8 13 Air cleaner filter P 8 19 Fuel filter priming bulb RHD models P 8 12 Battery P 8 15 Fuses fusible link box P 8 21 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 14 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a S A E N E A cia nde sists T 1 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system cccccceesseeeeeseeeeeeees 1 9 Front SCAG irisiossninosi rrinin rniedn nair niria 1 2 Supplemental Restraint System air bag system 1 10 Roar SCO Si ceacsenicnysicastaetieou ai 1 2 Air DAG SyS leasa 1 11 Head restraints ssssssessseserrssserrreserrreserrreserrrees 1 4 Air bag
112. SAN dealer or qualified workshop Anti lock Braking System The Anti lock Braking System controls the wheels so that they will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on a slippery road This will prevent difficult steering operation and swerving due to locked wheels If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function will cease but the ordinary brakes will con tinue to operate normally CAUTION If the light comes on while you are driving con tact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for repair INDICATOR LIGHTS Eg Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF indicator light where fitted The light comes on when the Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF switch is pushed to the OFF position This indicates the Electronic Stability Pro gramme is not operating Push the Electronic Stability Programme OFF switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Electronic Stability Pro gramme ESP system where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 11 Diesel particulate filter warning light where fitted When the warning light illuminates it indicates that particulate matter has accumulated to the specified amount of the limit in the diesel particulate filter Drive the vehicle at more than approximately 60 km h 37 5 MPH as soon as safely possible until the warning light turns off Always conform to local regu lations
113. SENSO snastcceusceusunssceceanneenooomnrnnntanauettarenneenseeaamnes 2 14 Rear window wiper and washer switch oo 2 14 Window washer headlight cleaner fluid n se 8 14 Windscreen wiper and washer switch sssseseeeeeeeeeeeee 2 13 Wiper blades replacement eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 8 19 PETROL STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Petrol engine CAUTION Do not use leaded petrol Using leaded petrol will damage the three way catalyst Unleaded petrol with an octane rating of at least 95 RON must be used For further details see Fuel recommendation in the 9 Technical information section Diesel engine EN590 Diesel fuel of at least 51 cetane must be used NOTE Use only low sulphur diesel For further details see Fuel recommendation in the 9 Technical information section CAUTION Do not use home heating oil petrol or other alternate fuels in the diesel engine this can cause engine damage Do not add petrol or other alternate fuels to diesel fuel Do not use summer fuel at temperatures be low 7 C 20 F Cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel and may prevent the engine from running smoothly RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL CR14DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil API grade SG SH or SJ ILSAC grade GF I or GF II ACEA A2 HR16DE engine Genuine NISSAN engine oil API grade SL LSAC grade GF III K9K en
114. SSAN dealer or qualified workshop can assist you in choosing the appropriate waxing products CAUTION Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely before applying wax to the paint surface Always follow the manufacturer s instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may dam age the vehicle finish Ifthe vehicle surface cannot polish easily ap ply a road tar remover prior to waxing the ve hicle Machine compounding or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks CLEANING GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in the winter the vehicle s underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated CARE OF WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels
115. TTERY SITUATION 1 Slide the locking pin to the unlock position 2 Remove the Intelligent Key cap as illustrated 3 Unfold the key NSD262 Remove the ignition knob key slot cap with a suitable tool Insert the emergency key A into the ignition knob as illustrated Proceed with the emergency key as described in Ignition switch earlier in this section On AT models when the ignition knob cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Slide the locking pin to the unlock position Remove the Intelligent Key cap as illustrated Unfold the key A Remove the ignition knob key slot cap with a suitable tool G o 5 Insert the emergency key A into the ignition knob as illustrated 6 Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 7 Turn the emergency key slightly in the ON direction 8 Turn the emergency key to the LOCK position 9 Remove the emergency key If the key is removed from the ignition knob the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park The selector lever can only be moved from the P Park position when the ignition knob is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed NISSAN ANTI THEFT SYSTEM NATS The NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS will stop the engine if someone tries to start the engine with out the registered Intelligent Key Immobilizer If you failed to start the engine using the NATS Intel Starting and driving 5 9
116. The alarm system will be triggered when the door is opened using the key emergency key NISSAN alarm equipped models To stop the alarm turn the ignition key emergency key to the ON posi tion Initialising the system after vehicle battery loading or replacement After recharging or replacing the battery you should release initialise the system by Inserting the key emergency key into the ignition switch and then turning it to the ON position Unlocking the vehicle using the integrated key fob LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH NPA868Z Centre console CAUTION When locking the door with the power door lock switch be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle Central door lock equipped models Operating the power door lock switch located on the centre console will lock 4 or unlock all doors when the driver s door is closed the indica tor light comes on when all doors are locked However a chime will sound and the doors will not lock if the power door lock switch is pressed when a passenger door is open even if the driver s door is closed NOTE It is also possible to open the driver s door move the power door lock switch to the lock 1 position and close the door to lock all doors unless the key is in the ignition or the Intelli gent Key where fitted is left inside the ve hicle If the integrated Intelligent Keyfob lock button where fitted is pressed inside the vehicle
117. Track but ton Fast Reverse Review play Reverse Track button Traffic announcement TA button ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Use of a 4 digit radio PIN Personal Identification Number code known only to the vehicle owner effectively reduces the possibility of the audio unit being stolen Without the PIN code the audio unit cannot be activated If force is used to try and remove the audio unit the Anti theft system activates and the audio unit is locked The only way to unlock the audio unit is to enter the radio code number shown on an identifica tion card supplied with the vehicle documentation NOTE The 4 digit radio code is shown on a card that you received with your vehicle documenta tion Record the 4 digit radio code on the Security information page at the end of this manual Remove the security page and keep it in a safe not in the vehicle Contact a NISSAN dealer if you do lose the 4 digit radio code of the audio unit Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 23 Radio Code 0000 MIX a een 550066 TAGE TUNE MENU NAA1192 Unlocking the unit If the battery supply to the vehicle is interrupted the audio unit will lock When the power is restored and the unit switched on the display will show Radio Code and it will be unlocked when the codes have been entered cor rectly Unlocking procedure Read this section very carefully It is important that the instructions are f
118. WARNING The vehicle may accelerate when the speed limiter cancels When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper operation of the speed limiter Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the re Starting and driving 5 17 sistance point The speed limiter will be suspended to allow driving above the set speed The set speed value Q will flash The speed limiter will automati cally resume when the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit Resuming previous set speed If a set speed limit has been cancelled the set speed value Q will remain displayed in the combination meter and the speed will be stored in the speed lim iter memory This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 If the current vehicle speed is higher than the previ ous set speed the accelerator pedal will not work and the set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit Turning the speed limiter off The speed limiter system will be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 the LIMIT indi cator 6 the SET indicator and the set speed value Q will turn off in the combination meter display Push the cruise control main
119. aadecsesarsts EAA ANERER 5 15 Speed limiter operations cseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 16 Cruise control system ee 5 18 Precautions on cruise control system ecen 5 19 Cruise control system operations 5 19 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor where fitted 0006 5 22 EUL E e E E AN E E E E 5 22 E E TOWING AE E T 5 24 Operating precautions ccccssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 24 Tyre ISS SUNG sertetanentanceasiracidentantsarxiextcusnancsien 5 25 DAI Sl CHAINS sonken aE ii 5 25 Trailler Brako S oy cara sciunteaeenssidstistiaoniasaibicieaanitan 5 25 Trailer detection where fitted c ceeeeeeeeeees 5 25 Installation of coupling device secere 5 25 Vehicle SOC UNLY snieritrantciecunandnta nncmasibaniucranmenqcenendins 5 26 Power Steering SYStCIM ccccccccssseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneeneees 5 27 Brake System orisirisi aiian ien aE 5 27 Brake PIECAULONS iccnasesciieasacenesinmniieniexciantacts 5 27 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 28 Electronic Stability Programme ESP system where fitted iat csccnsisasnesnsenesaaicssbasaamoapeaseusamileatataaaaxtea 5 29 Electronic Stability Programme ESP OFF SWO osn aaia Taer EEan 5 30 Cold weather GrVIMIesisssesinsusransnesasudsueno neiaie 5 31 BAGIN aae ESR 5 31 BAONE COO eane 5 31 Tyre eguipme Mi rcnceninaacest renee voiraniacewsenseninacanehy 5 31 Special winter equipment reesen 5 32 Corrosion protection sssssssseseeseerrrerrerrrrrrresren 5 32 RUNNING IN SCH
120. acceccdtasisssstinadensedeeanenis 2 11 Warming lights peepee 2 7 Washer nozzle 1 cosssassanetecaasnanepeaavountars ccnaeaepetectenntanndaciennsamnn 8 20 Washing NER ARPA URE PERE CET PEERY Oey per nnT rT e renee ramen rrr er er te ree nenna 7 2 WY AAG nana teaver semespupoaseeentetatnnnnnndecectuontanede seeitie tina veeeeeossseeseee 7 2 Wheel Blocking the wheels i iscsssssiiscvrvocacsssesseeeevsiireccecetnrnevsssaes 6 3 Careofwh els decdeeideriiyicrssarencnrosscnerbabhindderdanceueeesatiacanys 7 3 Changing tyres and wheels ssssssssssessseereerrrrrrrnr rnrn 8 31 Getting the tools and spare wheel eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 installing IS Wheel vcsssssccccocdsrresenscussssstusnesassaancceteserevacees 6 6 Removing the wheel cccccccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaaaes 6 4 Removing the wheel cover s eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaaes 6 4 Stowing the wheel and tools 2 0 ceeeecseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 6 Wheel balance ou eeeeeeccceeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 8 31 Wheels and tyres ssscccsetestiumee ccm ccomteerdeneneaiteieaees 8 29 9 5 Windows Power window Driver s side Reinitialisation io galel ot A ee e ee ee 8 16 Power WINDOWS adopter eiten r aT eE EEEE aan ENEA EKT 2 25 Winter Special winter equipment ssesssssssessseeserrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnnn 5 32 Wiper Front window wiper replacement seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 20 Ran
121. accident Position the child restraint system in the front passenger s seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SS0513Z 5 Route the seat belt tongue through the child re straint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage To prevent slack in the lap belt it will be neces sary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equiva lent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Slide the seat forward so that the seat belt fully tightens the child restraint system and the child restraint reaches the vehicle dashboard Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 INSTALLATION OF A CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ON REAR SEATS A WARNING NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat The direction of the child restraint system de pends on the type of the child restraint sys tem and the size of the child Fro
122. acturer s recommendations Some fabric protec tors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens covers CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar ma terial Small dirt particles can be abrasive and dam aging to leather surfaces and should be re moved promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless recom mended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens covers Appearance and care 7 3 FLOOR MATS The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Regardless of what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly posi tioned in the foot well to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become exces sively worn A WARNING When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper op eration of the speed limiter CLEANING GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass su
123. ad it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is travel ling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rear view mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind screen of an oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered using the switch located on the driver s side of the instrument panel next to the steering wheel The higher the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When travelling with no heavy load on a flat road select position 0 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH NIC1081Z Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All direction indicator lights will flash The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch either in the OFF or ON position HORN NIC1074Z To sound the horn push the centre pad area 1 of the steering wheel SEAT HEATING where fitted NIC1319Z The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches are located on the centre console and can be operated independently from each other A for the left hand side seat for the right hand side seat 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position NOTE The seat heater can only be activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 Start the engine 3 Push the lt gt Low or CD High po sition of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the s
124. ad re straint position is the stowage position to assist seat folding and rear vision The lowest position intended for use is with the head restraint raised to its first notch position It should be further adjusted to suit the passenger if necessary 1 4 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NPA545Z Adjust the head restraints so the centre is level with your ears ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS where fitted for front seats SPA1025Z A WARNING Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supple ment other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in an accident Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could impair the active head restraint s function The head restraint moves forward utilising the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head re straint helps support the occupant s head by reduc ing its backward movement and by helping to ab sorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whip lash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the
125. ain operation of the Compact Disc CD opera tion For details see Audio main operation earlier in this section List view Quick search Pi id MIX Random play RPT Repeat track Folder browsing lt nise 5 gt button While a track with recorded music information tags ID3 tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed When the lt pise gt button is pressed repeat edly further information about the track can be dis played along with the track title as follows Track time Artist name Album title Folder name gt Track time Track details A long press on the lt pisP 6 gt button will turn the display into a detailed overview and after a few sec onds it returns to the main display or press lt Disp 5 gt briefly iPod PLAYER OPERATION NAA1195 Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector The battery of the iPod will be charged during the connection to the vehicle The display will show a notification message for a few seconds that it is reading the data If the audio system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing lt b gt will start the iPod operation During the connection the iPod can only be operated with the audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the
126. al sys tems can cause over rich fuel flow into the converter causing it to overheat Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM Diesel engine models The turbocharger system uses engine oil for lubrica tion and cooling of its rotating components The tur bocharger turbine turns at extremely high speeds and it can reach an extremely high temperature It is essential to maintain a flow of clean oil through the turbocharger system A sudden interruption to the oil supply may cause a malfunction in the turbo charger To ensure prolonged life and performance of the turbocharger it is essential to comply with the fol lowing maintenance procedure CAUTION Change the engine oil of the turbo charged diesel engine as prescribed See the sepa rately provided Warranty Information amp Main tenance Booklet for additional information Use only the recommended engine oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section Ifthe engine has been ope
127. alfunction If large droplets can be seen then contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Headlight type H4 Front turn signal light Front side light Front fog light H11 type where fitted 4 Side turn signal light Rear combination light Turn signal Stop Tail Reverse High mounted stop light 1 Number plate light Rear fog light If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Room light Map light where fitted 5 Luggage compartment light 10 Light locations NDI726 LIGHT LOCATIONS Headlight Room light and Map light where fitted s Room and Map lights where fitted Side turn signal light Front side light Front fog light where fitted Front turn signal light High mounted stop light oo a Se eS pp Rear combination light 10 Luggage compartment light 11 Rear fog light 12 Number plate light gt REMOVE m INSTALL Replacing procedures p gp All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover NDI729 Front turn signal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 NDI728Z NDI739Z Room light type A Front side light 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself gt D SA J Room Map light type B where fitted Se Sa Rear Luggage
128. alfunction warning light red where fitted When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the malfunction warning light illuminates This means the system is operational If the Malfunction warning comes on steady while the engine Is running It may indicate an engine con trol system malfunction Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the engine control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the engine control system which may affect your warranty coverage Water in fuel filter warning light Diesel engine red where fitted If the warning light remains on or flashes irregularly while the engine Is running there may be water in the fuel filter Should this happen have the system inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop as soon as possible CAUTION Failure to drain the water from the fuel filter can cause serious damage to the engine Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible Electrically Power Assisted Steering EPAS warning light When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the EPAS warning light illuminates This means the system is operational Instruments and controls 2 9 If the warning light remains illuminated after the
129. and decelerate with great care If accelerating or decelerating too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driving Braking should be started sooner than on dry surfaces Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in front of you on slippery roads Wet ice 0 C 32 F and freezing rain very cold snow and ice can be slick and very difficult to drive on The vehicle will have a lot less trac tion or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Watch for slippery spots black ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before driving on it Try not to brake while actually on the ice and avoid any sud den steering manoeuvres Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum effi ciency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section ENGINE COOLANT If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenanc
130. and the track number will ap pear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD player will start playing CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs REW Rewind FF Fast Forward When the lt lt rewind or gt gt fast forward button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is re leased the CD will return to normal playing speed Track up down When the lt button is pressed the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The CD will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the gt gt button is pressed while the CD is being played the track next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The CD will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the CD is skipped through the first track will be played RPT Repeat track ON OFF To repeat the currently playing track press the RPT button and RPT TRCK is displayed for 3 seconds while the RPT indicator remains on To cancel this mode press again the RPT button MIX ON OFF To play all the tracks in a random order press the MIX button and MIX DISC is displayed for 3 sec onds whi
131. aneees 9 4 Fuel filler d eee erdoi casa cehereaqnceneet cacaaaaupehtectaosentecenan 3 11 er rr rr ete 3 11 Opener lever oo cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 3 11 FUSES seater see ese oss tease cece oes 8 21 Engine compartment ccees sss createnssonteecconnnnipecectueopacee deren 8 22 Passenger compartment ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 8 21 Handbrake lever siicsernsnassansnnstnnnsncorrsendpaauassarnbianmunencnennnaanacns 3 11 Hazard warning flasher switch ssssssssesesesssssssrnnnrrrrrerererssse 2 19 Head TeStrait seorensraneninrii E E PEET EE EEEE 1 4 Active head restraints ccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 5 Headlight Headlight aiming control switch cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 Headlight and turn signal switch ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Headlight cleaner cccccccceeeecceeeeseeectesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 2 14 Headlight switch ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeesaaaaa ees 2 16 Headlights bulb replacement 2 0 0 ceeessseeeeeeereeeeeeeees 8 23 Replacement bulb esssssssssssnsserreeeeeeesssssnnnnnnrrrrrrereeesss 8 23 Turn signal switch ssssssssssessseerrrrrreessrrrrrrssrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrene 2 17 Heated seats oiee oars neers austacs 2 19 Heater and air conditioner ventilation s s s 4 2 FIOLM esere EE EE EEEE S 2 19 Index 10 3 10 4 Index Doo e f Ignition Ignit
132. anticlockwise CAUTION Make sure to remove the antenna before the ve hicle enters a garage with a low ceiling or an automatic car wash otherwise the antenna can be damaged 4 16 Heater and air conditioner and audio system LW MW FM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER where fitted s gt pr ae p 10 11 12 Power ON OFF button Traffic announcement TA button CD slot Eject button Audio set up mode MOD button Radio mode Manual up down tuning Audio selection mode Radio mode Seek up down CD mode Track up down or Fast forward Fast reverse NEWS button Preset station button Radio mode Preset station button CD mode Mix mode button Display Radio mode Preset station button CD mode Repeat RPT mode button NAA1021Z 13 Preset station buttons 14 LW MW or FM Band selection FM Travel store button 15 Source SRC select button 16 Volume control button This unit is an electronic LW MW FM radio with CD player an anti theft system and traffic announce ment function ANTI THEFT SYSTEM By using a 4 digit radio code known only to the vehicle owner the possibility of the audio unit being stolen is effectively reduced because without the code the audio unit cannot be activated When used normally the audio unit is unlocked and accessible in the usual way If force is used to try and remove the audio unit the Anti Theft system activates and the audio unit locks The only way to unl
133. ar backwards as possible and slide the rear bench seat for wards SSS0375AZ Rear outer seat NPA737Z Rear centre seat 2 Position the rear facing child restraint system on the rear seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SS0513Z 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child re straint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage To prevent slack in the lap belt it will be neces sary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equiva lent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place Then adjust the rear bench seat so that the edge of the child restraint touches the front seat Check to make sure that the child restraint sys tem is properly secured prior to each use Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 1 22 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system TOPTETHER NPA720 ISOFIX SYSTEM A WARNING Attach ISOFIX compatible child restraint sys tems only at the locations shown by the la bels If a child restraint
134. ars on the audio display when the phone is connected when an incoming call is being received as well as when a call is initi ated When a call is active the audio system microphone located in the ceiling in front of the rear view mir ror and steering wheel switches enable hands free communication If the audio system Is in use at the time the radio CD or AUX source mode will be muted and will stay muted until the active call has ended The Bluetooth system may be not be able to con nect with your mobile phone for the following rea sons The mobile phone is too far away from the ve hicle The Bluetooth mode on your mobile phone has not been activated Your mobile phone has not been paired with the Bluetooth system of the audio unit The mobile phone does not support Bluetooth technology BT Core v2 0 NOTE For models with NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation system see the separately pro vided Owner s Manual For details see your mobile phone s Owner s Manual For assistance with your mobile phone inte gration please visit your local NISSAN dealer _ x APT MIX DISP AZ 0008 ee es NAA1197 A Phone button Phone book quick search button S Back button BLUETOOTH settings To setup the Bluetooth system to pair connect or register your preferred mobile phone push the lt SETUP gt button select the Bluetooth key and then push
135. asadaandedtnaanal 3 14 Rear seal semesmranipa a E a 1 2 Rear window defogger sssssssssssrsrnsssessnnrrnnsssrrrnnnrernnnnnrenes 2 15 Recommended SAE viscosity number nsere 9 4 Remote Steering wheel i switch ssssssssssssssseessrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreereennnnnns 2 3 Remote control system integrated keyfob seses 3 3 Repairing flat iyre gessineiii inneni ted sedi ptannensasedsiuneaananncnadanteancaas 6 7 Running in schedule oo eee eeeeececeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaes 5 2 ee Ef Safety Active head restraints cxcesasadecsecaoppbeecceCenpadeadereadaneedevesiacs 1 5 Child safety ax cvsttnecccitersileuneidtsitauvavilenadidinianatedanceeiCoiduss 1 7 Child safety rear door lock ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 3 8 SOFIX system cctotritinwtioiiieindetemiae eomanietietesicatate 1 22 Safety chains Trailer sdiscsssvnnncanincvosnenesonnnnnnivacenecataaivesns 5 25 Top tether strap for child restraint cccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 1 23 Seat Active head restraints c cceeccsceesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 1 5 Front seats Adjustment c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 1 2 Head restraints cedussses csees soa scatadunpnsnececctunsnildeaseupnnoeteceedmaiin 1 4 Rear GOAL posesie unirsi nAn EENAA ENNEA REER ERRARE 1 2 Seat heating 2 eeeeecceccecsaeaaaaeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 G A S petiini r aae aaa e EEEE i i heera Eai 1 2 Seat belt
136. assenger air bag equipped models Vehicles equipped with a front passenger air bag will have an air bag warning label attached to the passenger s side of the instrument panel as previ ously illustrated This label mentions Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it This label warns you not to fit a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system on the rear seat if available According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat When installing child restraints in your vehicle al ways carefully observe the manufacturer s instruc tions For more details on the installation of child restraints see Child restraints later in this section Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Children on front passenger seat side air bag equipped models Vehicles equipped with side air bags will have a side air bag warning label attached to the vehicle s interior as shown in the previous illustration This label warns you not to let infants or small chil dren sit on the front passenger s seat as the air bag may cause serious injury in case of deployment dur ing a collision NISSAN recommends that infants or
137. ause serious injury in case of deploy ment during a collision NOTE Universal child restraints approved to ECE Regu lation No 44 03 are clearly marked Universal INSTALLATION OF A CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ON THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT NPA679Z Front passenger air bag left active A WARNING Never install a rear facing child restraint sys tem in the front seat without first deactivating the front passenger air bag Inflating supple mental front impact air bags inflate with great force A child restraint system could be struck by the supplemental front impact air bags in an accident and could seriously injure or kill your child NISSAN recommends that infants or small children be seated in a child restraint system in the rear seat According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat Rear facing If you install a child restraint system in the front seat follow these steps 1 Deactivate the front passenger air bag See Supplemental Restraint System air bag system earlier in this section for further details 2 Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Remove it if it interferes with the child restraint installation In such situation securely store the head restraint in the luggage compartment so that it does not become a dangerous projectile during a sudden stop or in an
138. belt WHEELS AND TYRES Unit mm in Offset 15 x 5 5J Steel 15 x 4T PES 15 x 5 5J Aluminium 16 x 6J 175 65R15 185 55R16 T125 70D15 Road wheel Conventional For spare tyre Tyre size Technical information 9 5 DIMENSIONS Unit mm in Overall length 4 100 161 4 Overall width 1 691 66 6 Overall height 1 552 61 1 Front tread 1 470 57 9 Rear tread 1 455 57 3 Wheelbase 2 600 102 4 9 6 Technical information WHEN TRAVELLING OR TRANS FERRING YOUR REGISTRATION TO ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low octane cetane rating may cause engine damage Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not avail able When transferring your vehicle registration to an other country check with the appropriate authori ties that the vehicle complies with the requirements as it may not be possible to adapt it In some cases a vehicle cannot meet the legal requirements and in other cases it may be necessary to modify the ve hicle to meet specific laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country therefore vehicle specifications may differ NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience when the vehicle is taken and registered i
139. brake pedal ccccccestseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 8 13 Checking engine coolant level oo ceeeesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Checking engine oil level ccc ceeeeeeeetseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 Checking handbrake sassnecsicieietc ssc cctnoncsynndinemiaanunssdexiuenpts 8 13 Child restraint anchorage top tether ceeeeeeee 1 23 CMG restraints sigirini n a 1 16 Installation on front passenger seat ceeeeeeeeeeteeeee 1 19 Installation on rear seats cceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 1 20 Child Safely srreriirisc sionn aeee 1 7 Cleaning Alloy wheels ssssssssssssrrssrrssusssertnnrttrnrtrntrrnnrrrnrrenrrrnerrnnns 7 3 Chrome parts ceece cece cece cceeccececceeaaaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 3 EXIGIIOM core a E unas 7 2 CES 7 3 7 4 WMI esssssssssssseeessssssssssssrrrnrntrrrrteeerttttntnnnnrnnrrrnereen nnne n 7 3 Plasti pars ep sogeteneennnnd ecemmeteccacebtnsesdicceereeeeeereossesessed 7 4 Removing SpO S pssnnonidiaiiuenarteripesepiesssatneasennercrannnadenalieiiiiad 7 2 WNderDOdy sirrane niit init i aAa 7 3 Glock digital seses tonne eae 2 5 Clutch fluid tccececesssassseuivetcetecasneeeesuahnatieeretncctttebennueddetduaa 8 13 Cold weather driving x codssesnennnnevonasesens sedan woesiedseey ceneetacsseenenns 5 31 Coolant Changing engine coolant seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneees 8 6 Checking engine coolant level
140. button then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position AT models The warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds twice when the ignition knob is turned to the OFF posi tion Make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details CAUTION The steering wheel can only be locked when the ignition knob is in the LOCK position Make sure the ignition knob is in the LOCK position before leaving the vehicle The emergency key can only be removed at the LOCK position Make sure the ignition knob is in the LOCK position before removing the emergency key If the ignition knob warning light comes on while driving contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for repair NATS security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK or Acc position This function indicates that your vehicle is equipped with NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS If NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS is malfunc tioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS later in this section Immobilizer i Seat belt warning light and chime The light reminds the driver to fasten his her seat belt The light comes on whenever the ignition switch is t
141. by placing ma terial over the steering pad and above the dashboard or by installing additional trim ma terial around the air bag system Do not attach any objects to the steering wheel pad or to the instrument panel Objects attached to the steering wheel pad and in strument panel may become dangerous pro jectiles and cause injury if the air bag inflates Work on and around the air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Installation of electrical equipment should be done by a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop The yellow SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorised electrical test equip ment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system SRS wiring harnesses are covered with yellow insulation either just before the harness con nectors or on the complete harness for an easy identification WARNING Note that the above illustration is for LHD models AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the air bag system are placed in the vehicle Warning labels are for your safety and the safety of your passengers do not remove them 1 SRS Front passenger air bag warning label sticker The warning label sticker is located on the outer side of the passenger s side instrument panel 2 SRS Air bag warning label The warning label is located on the surface of the sun visor Child restraint on front passenger seat front p
142. ccupied never lock the doors with the integrated keyfob Doing so will trap the occupants since the Super Lock system prevents the doors from being opened from the inside of the vehicle Only operate the integrated keyfob lock but ton when there is a clear view of the vehicle This is to prevent anybody from being trapped inside the vehicle through the Super Lock sys tem activation For further details on the Super Lock system see Door locks later in this section LOCKING THE DOORS 1 Remove the ignition key or Intelligent Key 2 Close all the doors 3 Push the lock button on the integrated keyfob All the doors will lock The hazard indicator flashes once When the lock button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes once to remind you that the doors are already locked NOTE An auto relock function will operate after a full or partial unlock when no further user action oc curs The relock will operate approximately 2 minutes af ter full or partial unlock The auto relock function is cancelled when any door is opened or the key is inserted in the ignition type Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 UNLOCKING THE DOORS CONVENIENCE MODE Push the unlock Ti button on the integrated keyfob All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes twice UNLOCKING THE DOORS ANTI HIJACK MODE 1 Push the unlock a button on the integrated keyfob once Only
143. ce the filter regularly For filter replace ment contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop The filter should be replaced if the airflow is ex tremely reduced or when the windows fog up easily during air conditioning system operation Servicing air conditioner The air conditioning system where fitted in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with an environmentally friendly refrigerant NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM NAA1061 Cooling Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 NAA1089 Automatic air conditioner where fitted AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER where fitted Air flow control dial Temperature control dial Fan speed control dial Rear window defogger button For details see Defogger switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section Air conditioner ON OFF button Air intake button Air recirculation Outside air Automatic operation AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically NOTE The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running Cooling and or dehumidified heating 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow con trol dial to the AUTO position 2 If the A C indicator does not illuminate press the A C button to switch on the air conditioner The A C indicator will illum
144. centre side vents and floor outlets A Air flows mainly from floor outlets lt i o Air flows from the defogger outlets and floor outlets y Air flows mainly from defogger outlets Air recirculation mode SED Move the air intake lever to the G gt position To recirculate interior air in the passenger compartment in situations such as driving on a dust raised road avoiding traffic fumes or having maximum cooling from the air conditioner Outside air mode aX Move the air intake lever to the amp position to draw outside air into the passenger compartment for normal heating ventilation or air conditioner op eration Heater operation The heating function operates only after engine warm up Heating This mode is used to direct hot air from the floor out lets 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt amp position for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the maximum HOT right position For quick heating select the air recirculation mode position lt Be sure to return to the outside air mode position gt for normal heating to avoid window fog and stale interior air Ventilation This mode directs outside air from the side and centre vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt amp position
145. checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 2 8 Instruments and controls A WARNING Driving your vehicle could be dangerous Therefore have it towed to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level could in crease your stopping distance and require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is malfunc tioning Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the belt is loose bro ken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Engine coolant temperature warning light The engine coolant temperature varies with the out side air temperature and driving condition When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates for a few seconds and then goes off This means the system is operational The engine coolant temperature warning light illumi nates when the engine coolant temperature reaches an excessively high temperature of approximately 105 C 221 F CAUTION if the engi
146. ched off in radio mode Press the lt FMeAM gt button to change the reception wave band as follows FM1 FM2 FMT AM FM1 When lt FMeAM gt button is pressed the radio will come on at the last received radio station If the CD or AUX source mode is already playing pressing the lt FMeAM gt button will switch off the playing source mode and the last received radio station will be selected FM Auto store When the lt FMeAM gt button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds the six stations with the strongest frequencies are stored in the preset 1 to 6 buttons of the FMT band During the search a notification message AUTOSTORE appears in the display and the sound is muted until the operation is complete Once completed the radio selects preset button Radio band select buttons Manual tuning When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency manually turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial until the de sired station is tuned in The frequency increases or decreases in steps of 100 kHz on the FM band and 9 kHz on the AM band A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving in order for full attention to be given to the driving operation lt SEEK tuning buttons Pressing the lt gt gt gt or lt lt gt button starts the tun ing mode The radio tuner seeks from low to high or high to low frequencies and stops at the next broad casting station During seek mode the audio output is mu
147. cle will not roll into the street in case it moves FACING DOWNHILL 1 Turn the wheels into the kerb allow the vehicle to move forward until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Then set the handbrake RHD Tai FACING UPHILL 2 NSD324Z NSD325Z Turn the wheels away from the kerb and allow the vehicle to move back until the kerb side wheel gently touches the kerb Then set the handbrake NO KERB FACING DOWNHILL OR UPHILL Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the centre of the road if it moves Then set the handbrake Starting and driving 5 23 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key Intelligent Key where fit ted 5 24 Starting and driving TRAILER TOWING Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and luggage Remember that towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering braking and other systems Towing a trailer will also exaggerate other conditions such as sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances Before towing a trailer see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for an explanation of towing equipment and its proper use OPERATING PRECAUTIONS Avoid towing a trailer during the running in schedule Choose proper coupling devices
148. collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed in the previous section SEAT BELTS NPA721Z Note that the above illustration is for LHD models SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTS Driver s side The driver s seat belt warning light located in the instrument panel will light up if the driver has not fastened his her seat belt See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details Passenger s side The front passenger s seat belt warning light is lo cated on the centre console as illustrated and re minds the front passenger to fasten his her seat belt The light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes out when the front passenger has securely fastened his her seat belt A chime will sound unless the front passenger seat belt is securely fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 25 km h 15 MPH The chime will stop after approximately 90 seconds Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning will not light up if the seat is unoccupied PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE Your chances of being injured in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced if you are wearing your seat belt and it is properly ad justed NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your pa
149. compartment light Number plate light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 If nd do it yourse 8 28 Maintenance a A Turn signal light B Stop Tail light C Reverse light Rear combination light 1 Open the backdoor 2 Remove the bolts T with a suitable tool 3 Hold firmly the outboard edge of the light unit then pull carefully with force straight towards the rear of the vehicle as illustrated NOTE If in doubt or you encounter any difficulties when removing the light unit from its attach ments D contact a NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop CAUTION In order to prevent body and paint damage ensure the vehicle body around the light unit is protected when using lever tools to remove the light unit 4 Install the new bulb and check afterwards the light operation 5 Install the light unit in the reverse order of re moval step 3 and 2 and close the backdoor WHEELS AND TYRES In case of a flat tyre see Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency section TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE Periodically check the tyre pressure including the spare tyre An incorrect tyre pressure may ad versely affect tyre life and vehicle handling NOTE Incorrectly inflated tyres can also lead to poor steering ability and make the driver suspect a steering problem keep the vehicle s tyres in flated to the correct pressure at all times The tyre pressure should be checked when tyres ar
150. control system is on the speed lim iter cannot be operated OD OKA D RS EA F NSD359 OTS RES e Eo p NSD360 Vehicles with diesel engine The cruise control system operation switches are located on the steering wheel right side RES Resume switch SET switch CANCEL switch Speed limiter main ON OFF switch For details see Speed limiter earlier in this sec tion ht o N 5 Cruise control main ON OFF switch _ RUISE SEF IRM o O papa km h NSD362 The cruise control system operating condition is shown in the combination meter display For details see Combination meter display LCD in the 1 In struments and controls section 6 CRUISE indicator 7 Cruise control symbol 8 SET indicator 9 Set speed value PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM Vehicles with petrol engine The cruise control system will be cancelled auto matically and the SET indicator 8 in the combina tion meter display will flash if The cruise control system malfunctions The engine coolant temperature becomes exces sively high Turn the cruise control system off by pushing the cruise control main switch and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Vehicles with diesel engine If the cruise control malfunctions the SET indicator in the combination meter display will flash Turn the cruise control off by
151. cxesecstatexe redinctns 6 12 Changing flat tyre Models with spare wheel TOWING precautions ances cwinatencswtaartinptecscenneedsnens 6 12 where fitted oacasserc canta aeastaeaserecaurasarnieadinanionesdne 6 3 Recommended towing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 Repairing flat tyre Models with emergency TOWING CVG eaoin e 6 13 tyre puncture repair kit where fitted 0 6 7 Freeing the vehicle from sand snow or mud 6 14 SPARE TYRE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRE NCE069Z Temporary use spare tyre label The temporary use spare tyre is smaller than a con ventional tyre and designed for emergency use only The tyre should be used ONLY for very short peri ods and NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods Observe the following precautions if the temporary use spare tyre must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident A WARNING Any continuous road use of this tyre could result in tyre failure loss of vehicle control and possible personal injury This tyre should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice To avoid loss of vehicle control under snowy and icy conditions install the tempo rary use spare tyre on the rear axle and use a conventional tyre on the front axle 6 2 Incase of emergency CAUTION The temporary use spare tyre should be used only in emergencies It should be replaced by the standa
152. d off all ESP and TCS functions will be turned off The Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the ESP system off If the Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system or the ABS is activated the SLIP indicator light amp will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction While the ESP system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet This is normal and indicates that the ESP system is working properly The ESP computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time the engine Is started and the vehicle moves forwards or reverses at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING The ESP system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents caused by abrupt steering operation at high speeds or careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be es pecially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces Always drive carefully Starting and driving 5 29 f engine related parts such as a muffler are not standard equipment or are extremely de teriorated the ESP OFF indicator light ESP and or the SLIP indicator light
153. d speed otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended to carry the following items in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra windscreen washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank CORROSION PROTECTION Chemicals used for road surface de icing are ex tremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and wings In the winter the underbody must be cleaned 5 32 Starting and driving periodically For additional information see Cor rosion protection in the 7 Appearance and care section For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 6 In case of emergency Be E eSa A 6 2 Jn ST onee a EEEE 6 9 Temporary use spare tyre ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 BOCES alla By ee enn a reer nr ener On a ai AEA 6 11 Te ELE VS tase A peice atten E ie cebaonate 6 3 ENGING Over No eurra 6 11 Stopping the vehicle ccccsesssseeeeeeeesneeeeeeeeees 6 3 TOW iruek TOWING sxc dvsxsenssicateccccensssntin
154. ddenly avoiding obstacles on roads the vehicle might swerve or slip The Electronic Stability Pro gramme ESP system continuously monitors and compares the driver s intended speed and the travel direction The system adjusts wheel brake pressure and engine torque to assist in improving vehicle sta bility When the ESP system is operating the SLIP indicator light in the combination meter blinks When only the traction control TCS system in the ESP system is operating the SLIP indica tor light amp in the combination meter will also blink If the SLIP indicator light blinks the road conditions are slippery Be sure to drive carefully See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP indicator light and the ESP indicator light ESP come on in the combination meter As long as these indicator lights are on the trac tion control function is cancelled The ESP system uses Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The Ac tive Brake Limited Slip ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS sys tem brakes the spinning wheel to distribute the driv ing power to the other driving wheel If the vehicle is operated with the ESP system turne
155. dren or adults who would nor mally require the support of others alone in the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident SUPER LOCK SYSTEM Right hand drive models A WARNING For Super Lock System equipped models failure to follow the precautions below may lead to haz ardous situations Make sure the Super Lock Sys tem activation is always safely conducted When the vehicle is occupied never lock the doors with the integrated keyfob Doing so will trap the occupants since the Super Lock System prevents the doors from being opened from the inside of the vehicle Only operate the integrated keyfob lock but ton when there is a clear view of the vehicle This is to prevent anybody from being trapped inside the vehicle through the Super Lock System activation Locking the doors with the integrated keyfob will lock all doors including the back door and activate the Super Lock System This means that none of the doors can be opened from the inside adding extra security in case of break in or theft The system will be released when the door is un locked with the integrated keyfob The Super Lock System will not activate when the doors are locked with the power door lock switch or the key Emergency situations If the Super Lock System is activated due to a traf fic accident or other unexpected circumstances while you are in the vehicle
156. e OFF position the steering wheel is not locked Starting and driving 5 7 CAUTION Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the ve hicle when you leave the vehicle If the Intelligent Key is too far away from the driver the vehicle may not start MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so that the knob can ONLY be turned to the LOCK position when the PUSH release button has first been depressed NOTE The ignition knob warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds twice when the igni tion knob is turned to the OFF position De press the PUSH release button 2 then turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details regarding the functionality of the ignition knob warning light When the emergency key is being used the PUSH release button 2 must be depressed in order to turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position although the ignition knob warning light will not blink and the buzzer will not sound 5 8 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition knob is designed so that it cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position The selector lever can only be moved from the P Park position when the ignition knob is in the
157. e The speed limiter operation switches are located on the steering wheel right hand side 1 RES Resume switch SET switch CANCEL switch Speed limiter main ON OFF switch Cruise control main ON OFF switch For a oS bY Starting and driving 5 15 details see Cruise control system later in this section EMM ane j O Ji je NSD361 The speed limiter operating condition is shown in the combination meter display For details see Combination meter display LCD in the 1 Instru ments and controls section 6 LIMIT indicator 7 Speed limiter symbol 8 SET indicator 9 Set speed value 5 16 Starting and driving SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS The speed limiter can be set at the following speeds Engine type Maximum speed 1 4 petrol 165 km h 100 MPH 1 6 petrol 170 km h 105 MPH To ACTOR KYM 165 km h 100 MPH diesel 13 OCITO KW 184 km h 115 MPH diesel Vehicles with petrol engine Turning the speed limiter on The speed limiter can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 and the LIMIT indica tor 6 will illuminate in the combination meter dis play Setting speed limit Push the SET switch 2 downwards The speed limit will be set at the current speed When driving less than 30 km h 20 MPH the speed limiter will be set to the minimum possible set s
158. e COLD Tyres are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for three or more hours or driven less than 1 6 km 1 mile COLD tyre pres sures are shown on the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating of the tyre and subsequent internal damage At high speeds this could result in tread separation and even bursting of the tyre TYPES OF TYRES CAUTION When changing or replacing tyres be sure all four tyres are of the same type i e summer all season or snow and construction A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop may be able to help you with information about tyre type size speed rating and availability Replacement tyres may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tyres and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rat ing of the tyre All season tyres NISSAN specifies all season tyres on some models to provide good performance for use all year around including snowy and icy road conditions All season tyres are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tyre sidewall Snow tyres have better snow traction than all season tyres and may be more ap propriate in some areas Summer tyres NISSAN specifies summer tyres as standard fit These tyres provide superior performance under typical mild weather conditions If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN r
159. e and do it yourself section TYRE EQUIPMENT 1 The SUMMER tyres are of a tread design to pro vide superior performance on dry surfaces How ever the performance of these tyres will be sub stantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tyres on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for tyre type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tyres may be used However some countries provinces and states prohibit their use Check applicable laws before installing studded tyres CAUTION Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tyres 3 Snow chains may be used if desired But the use of snow chains may be prohibited in some areas Therefore check the local laws before Starting and driving 5 31 installing snow chains When installing snow chains make sure they are of proper size for the tyres on your vehicle and are installed according to the snow chain manufacturer s instructions Use chain tensioners when recommended by the snow chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the snow chain must be se cured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the wings or under carriage In addition drive at a reduce
160. e can be used as follows 1 Press lt A Z gt 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the first alpha betic or numerical letter of the contact name Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt to select the letter 3 The display will show the corresponding contact name s Where necessary use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial again to scroll further for the appro priate contact name to call 4 A following screen will show the number to be dialled If correct press lt ENTER gt again to dial the number Call Lists Phone Book Call Number Number 01236789 0123456789 it NAA1198 Manually dialling a phone number A WARNING Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the handbrake before making a call To dial a phone number manually use the audio sys tem display virtual keyboard pad as follows 1 Press lt gt and turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to highlight Call Number 2 Press lt ENTER gt to select Call Number 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENUs gt dial to scroll along and select each number of the phone number Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt after each number selection To delete the last number entered scroll to the lt Backspace symbol and once highlighted press lt ENTER gt The last number will be de leted Pressing lt ENTER gt repeatedly will delete each subsequent number 4 After entering the last number scrolltothe symbol and press lt ENTER g
161. e han dling and performance may be adversely affected Snow chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels CAUTION Do not drive with snow chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Never install snow chains on a small size spare tyre 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Never install snow chains on a temporary use spare tyre Do not drive with snow chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TYRE ROTATION ie ie Coz NDI762Z NISSAN recommends that tyres be rotated every 10 000 km 6 000 miles See Flat tyre in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion for tyre replacing procedures A WARNING After rotating the tyres adjust the tyre pres sure Retighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle has been driven for the first 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tyre etc Do not include the temporary use spare tyre in the tyre rotation Incorrect tyre selection fitting care or main tenance can affect vehicle safety with risk of accident and injury If in doubt consult a NISSAN dealer or the tyre manufacturer TYRE WEAR AND DAMAGE MAL SDI1663Z Tyres should be periodically
162. eat cushions refer to the ISOFIX label for appropriate locations After attaching the child restraint and before plac ing the child in it use force to tilt the child re straint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place Make sure that both ISOFIX anchor ages have latched correctly Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use NOTE For forward facing ISOFIX child restraint on the rear seat set the rear sliding bench seat to its rearmost position and the front passenger seat as far forward as possible For rearward facing ISOFIX child restraint on the rear seat slide the front passenger seat as far backwards as possible and slide the rear bench seat forwards until the edge of the child restraint touches the front seat TOP TETHER STRAP FOR CHILD RESTRAINT The top tether strap of the child restraint must be secured to the provided anchor point of your ve hicle Follow the child restraint manufacturer owner s manual for installation instructions Secure the top tether strap to the anchor bracket as illustrated A WARNING The child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the rear parcel
163. ecommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tyres on all four wheels Snow tyres If snow tyres are needed it is necessary to select tyres equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tyres If you do not it can adversely af fect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tyres will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tyres and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre For additional traction on icy roads studded tyres Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tyres Skid and trac tion capabilities of studded snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non stud ded snow tyres SNOW CHAINS Use of snow chains may be prohibited in some ar eas Check the local laws before installing snow chains When installing snow chains make sure they are of proper size for the tyres on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the snow chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the snow chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercar riage In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle can be damaged and or vehicl
164. ective unlock or anti hijack mode allows to remotely unlock only the driver s door in order to prevent an attacker from entering the vehicle via an unlocked passenger door For details see Unlock ing the doors anti hijack mode later in this section for unlocking the doors The integrated keyfob can operate at a distance of approximately 5m 15ft from the vehicle the effec tive distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle and the state of the keyfob battery As many as four integrated keyfobs can be used for one vehicle For information concerning the pur chase and use of additional integrated keyfobs con tact your NISSAN dealer CAUTION Always remove the ignition key or Intelligent Key close all windows before operating the keyfob door lock system Ensure that the driver s door is securely closed before operating the integrated keyfob door lock system for a correct operation of the system Listed below are conditions or occurrences that will damage the integrated keyfob If the integrated keyfob becomes wet Ifthe integrated keyfob is dropped If the integrated keyfob is sharply struck against another object USING THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM A WARNING For Super Lock system equipped models failure to follow the precautions below may lead to haz ardous situations Make sure that the Super Lock system activation is always conducted safely When the vehicle is o
165. ed value Q will remain displayed in the combination meter and the speed will be stored in the speed lim iter memory This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 upwards If the current vehicle speed is higher than the previ ous set speed the accelerator pedal will not work and the set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit Turning the speed limiter off The speed limiter system will be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 the LIMIT indi cator 6 the SET indicator and the set speed value Q will turn off in the combination meter display Push the cruise control main ON OFF switch 5 The speed limiter information in the combi nation meter will be replaced with the cruise con trol information For details see Cruise control system later in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set speed limit memory Speed limiter malfunction If the speed limiter malfunctions the set indicator in the combination meter display will flash Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed lim iter main ON OFF switch 4 and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Vehicles with diesel engine Turn
166. ed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if petrol fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Window washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when perform ing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mats away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Handbrake Confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the handbrake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjust ers seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every pos
167. edal Pressing the clutch pedal Moving the gear lever MT models or selector lever AT models to the N Neutral position lf the vehicle slows down more than 12 km h 8 MPH below the set speed Resuming a previous cruising speed If the cruising speed has been cancelled the set speed value will remain displayed in the combi nation meter and the speed will be stored in the cruise control system memory This cruising speed can be reactivated by pressing the RES Resume switch 1 upwards If the vehicle speed is less than 40 km h 25 MPH it will not be possible to resume to the cruising speed Turn the cruise control system off The cruise control system will be turned off when one of the following operations is performed Push the cruise control main ON OFF switch 5 The cruise control symbol 7 the CRUISE indicator 6 the SET indicator 8 and the set speed value will turn off in the combination meter display Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 6 The cruise control system information in the combination meter will be replaced with the speed limiter information For details see Speed limiter earlier in this section When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is turned to the off position Turning off the cruise control system will erase the cruise control system memory Vehicles with diesel engine Turning the cruise control system on The cruise cont
168. eeeeeeeeeaeeaes 4 10 Audio player Operation ceccccesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 4 31 AUO SYSTEM pressis ioiei se EA ERARA TEE LEAN 4 10 AUX socket asssssssssssessssrrrrrsrrrrrrrrtressrtrrrrssrrrrrrrrerrnrrreent 4 29 FM AM radio with CD player sssssssscscccececir 4 23 iPod player operation ceccccirawuctccceceneennnativrvaaecsesddsaeeduanee 4 30 Jack socket ccisciiscsessstiildssaesdisigesperianoceGladaadiiateaccnde iddeedan 4 34 LW MW FM radio with CD player nsssscccccscecrcecen 4 16 Steering wheel switches for audio control ccceeeeee 4 38 USB Memory operation oo eceesessereeeeeeeeeesesnneaeeeeeeees 4 29 Automatic transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF ccccccsseceeeeeseeeeeees 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 12 Battery erison a E E 5 31 8 15 Caution label ssssssssssssssssesssrertettttttrttrtrrrrrrrrnnrrnnnnnnnnnnn 8 15 Integrated keyfob battery replacement ccccccccrereen 8 17 Intelligent Key battery replacement eccer 8 17 Reinitialisation procedure after battery reconnection 8 16 Vehicle battery siniccuccrnaasvevnyieeceatediteensosenamniiceeecdeeinans 8 15 Battery vehicle Vehicle dead battery Left hand side door handle 3 7 Before starting the engine ssdcccesntecrteia thet 5 2 Bluetooth Audio player operation ssssssssssseseeeessssssnnnnnrnrrrnrerenens 4 31 Blue
169. eeeeeeeeees 6 2 ypes of 1V 6S aninion 8 29 Index 10 7 10 8 Index Tyreage seeeceetesasse saa aaaeatect ded cuianiade ct ce dbaaanients iadapiasetaceds 8 31 Tyre equipment eis ccchrenlangeted caeanasauecee ces soviet auasaddedeeepae 5 31 Tyre inflation pressure ievensenciassracseermerencsactanewacmnneinlverene 8 29 Tyre placard cicccissssattutiaaataieceettueveeccccestiatiaaaaanbiebiddetaasaisc 9 7 Tyre pressure Trailer sesssssesseeesesssseessrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnr nnen 5 25 Tyre rotation nrepen cccoaseeeaeeneanneusmntecnoannc aasstaarasmtaaadedesat case 8 30 Tyre wear and damage ccceeeeeecsesecseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 30 Wheels and tyres ase tasssiediceevetdenewenindntiienieernieevesnes 8 29 9 5 ee Ef Ultrasonic sensor Parking SENSOR sencas a E 5 22 USB Memory operation ccauinsuiiamemcnncceersasnsiensasannstnenayonns 4 29 Vehicle identification Vehicle identification number VIN chassis number 9 6 Vehicle identification plate cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneteees 9 6 Vehicle SECURITY csiis a 3 9 5 26 VENIS cn ence cuacdunnnctensyerceeteeeesutunrtedtaatases 4 2 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 00000088 2 7 Audible reminders seats virexccvsivdusweseenesssuaccedddldesuiancabsevacd 2 12 CHECKING DUDS ccrsstidsadwetenersse dens sicansacuaetemnaranmedaddicnestis 2 7 Indicator lights 2 20c cisiinsescececteieaben
170. eees 8 11 Protect the environment sad comeismiawacceenrdacaienaacaness 8 12 Fuel filter Diesel engine models ccceeeeeeeeeees 8 12 Bleeding the fuel SyStem cccccceessseeeeeeeeeeseeeees 8 12 Automatic transmission fluid ATF cc ssceeeeeeeeees 8 13 Braka eodeni cilnetemnensenanenecnaatade 8 13 Checking brake pedal ssisenrissseicannnetesscenniianencneeanes 8 13 Checking handbrake sssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 13 Brake and cluteh MUNG cxorcataseotatuiciavinuianteinnistectenainess 8 13 Window washer fluid headlight cleaner fluid where fitted sciiassindssecensvesvndesdedueesunestanadsnaetaisawadcaned 8 14 ee S E E N T ET E EE 8 15 V hicle DANGLY sczsitdentcaeteninceentanemeneeceyavidaaniese 8 15 Reinitialisation procedure after battery reconhece iOi erak dg nn iS 8 16 Jump starting css tect petectne es tec iptaaanctbtencaciagansaaeeas 8 16 Integrated Keyfob Intelligent Key battery FEDIACEIMG I cae deuuatrcreveacieseverabeawsipeiecetenadenuahentas 8 17 Bed DEI erence iene arene e 8 18 Spark plugs Petrol engine models cc ssseeseeeeees 8 18 Ait cleaner TG iiss csiicecteustoanttsleaaaa li inneren 8 19 VISCOUS paper type eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 8 19 Dry paper type where fitted eee 8 19 Wiper ACS carior ean ei EEEE 8 19 E e PIE AA ESE A AT 8 19 Front window wiper replacement s e 8 20 Back door window wiper replacement 8 20 Wind
171. egulations for tow ing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle To assure proper tow ing and to prevent accidental damage to your ve hicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precau tions A WARNING Do not allow any occupants in the vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck TOWING PRECAUTIONS When towing Make sure that the transmission axles steering system and power train are in working condition If any unit is damaged the vehicle must be towed using a dolly or be placed on a flat bed lorry Release the handbrake and shift the manual transmission MT or automatic transmission AT into the N Neutral position before starting to tow the vehicle When towing manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground Move the gear lever to the N Neutral position and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position then secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position using a rope or similar device Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position This will result in damage to the steering lock mecha nism When towing with the rear wheels on the ground release the handbrake Always attach safety chains before towing damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehic
172. els can be used for top tether strap anchorage Under no circumstances should the luggage hooks be used for top tether strap anchorage POWER WINDOWS A WARNING Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch or take the Intelligent Key where fit ted with you when leaving unattended chil dren inside the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the windows with either the driver s side main switch or passenger s side switch t is recommended to instruct all occupants in the safe operation of power windows with par ticular emphasis given to safety and supervi sion of children Instruments and controls 2 25 NIC1067Z Driver s side main switch NIC1068Z Passenger s side switch 1 Driver s side window switch Front passenger side window switch 3 Rear right passenger side window switch where fitted 4 Rear left passenger side window switch where fitted 5 Rear window lock switch 2 26 Instruments and controls Note that these illustrations are for LHD models DRIVER S SIDE MAIN SWITCH The driver s side control panel is equipped with the switch Q 8 and 4 to open or close the passen gers windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release
173. emorises at source change the dif ferent level settings of Bass Treble and Effect as they have previously been set However Balance and Fader are source independent RADIO OPERATION BAND Band select By pressing the BAND button repeatedly the re ception waveband changes in the following order FM1 FM2 FMT MW gt LW gt FM1 When the BAND button is pressed for at least 2 seconds stations are searched automatically in the FM band and the five stations with the strongest sig nals are stored into the preset stations 1 to 5 of the FMT band During the search AS STORE and AS indicator appear on the display while the sound is muted Manual up down tuning WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving in order for full attention to be given to the driving operation Press these buttons to tune the stations manually The frequency increases when the up Z N but ton is pressed and decreases when the down WV button is pressed If either AX or NV buttons are held down for longer than 0 5 seconds the frequency will continu ously increase or decrease on the band until the but ton is released The frequency changes in steps of 100 kHz on the FM band 9 kHz on the MW band and 3 kHz on the LW band Seek up down tuning Press the SEEK tuning lt lt or gt gt gt button and seek tuning begins from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting sta tio
174. er to outside air mode position gt 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed 4 Press the lt A C gt button and the indicator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Operating tips In order to improve the heater operation clear the snow and ice from the wiper blade and air inlet in front of the windscreen After parking in the sun drive for two or three minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows to allow the acceleration of the air conditioner s cooling operation Keep the windows closed while the air condi tioner is operating The air conditioning system should be operated for about 10 minutes at least once a month This helps prevent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication If the coolant temperature warning light comes on turn the air conditioner off For additional information see Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine coolant reaches an extremely high temperature the air conditioning system will au tomatically turn off This may happen for example if the engine runs at idle speed for a long time on a hot day Air flow charts The following charts show the button air intake and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting NOTE The air recirc
175. esereesererrrrrrrrreee 4 31 Bluetooth mobile phone feature ce 4 33 AM FM radio with CD player and navigation where fitted s cerudeuanseeatos ran lacunvnetguneseatosmasnabetaetnarsesins 4 34 Audio jack socket AUX where fitted 4 34 Mobile phone integration where fitted eeee 4 34 Bluetooth mobile phone feature ccce 4 34 Hands free telephone Control ccsseeeeeeeeees 4 36 Steering wheel switches where fitted 05 4 38 Steering wheel switches for audio control where TLC Gh PAP ESPAA EA AAE EET 4 38 Mam operadlo Niemisen n EEEa 4 38 Car phone or CB adits sisciecavesscssastivaseeicasenaranea ds 4 39 VENTS SIDE VENTS NAA883Z The direction of the air flow can be adjusted by A opening B closing or adjusting CENTRE VENTS NAA884Z The direction of the airflow can be adjusted A and the vents can be opened or closed B x This symbol indicates that the vents are closed This symbol indicates that the vents are open HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION A WARNING The heater and air conditioner operate only when the engine is running Never leave children or adults who would nor mally require the support of others alone in the vehicle Pets should not be left alone ei ther They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves On hot sunny days
176. f the finalisation process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited song when playing by copyright protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Only models equipped with the FM AM radio with CD player For details see FM AM radio with CD player where fitted later in this section Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 15 ANTENNA NAA1031Z Removing the antenna To remove the antenna hold the lower part of the antenna and turn it
177. filter should be disposed of at a rubbish tip having proper facilities Engine oll filter replacement Removal Drain the engine oil For details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section Loosen the engine oil filter unit with an oil filter wrench Depending on the engine model a spe cial cap type wrench may be required See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if in doubt 3 Remove the engine oil filter unit 4 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag CAUTION If any oil is spilled on the engine or the ve hicle thoroughly wipe it clean Installation 1 Clean and reinstall the drain plug along with a new washer For tightening torque details see Changing engine oil earlier in this section Coat the rubber gasket on the new engine oil fil ter unit with clean engine oil Install the engine oil filter unit by hand until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally 2 3 of a turn Engine oil filter tightening torques CR14DE or HR16DE engine 17 7 Nem 1 8 kg m 13 ft lb K9K engine 14 Nem 1 4 kg m 10 ft lb Add engine oil and check the oil level with the engine oil dipstick For details see Checking engine oil level earlier in this section and Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section 5 Install the engine oil filler cap Start the engine 7 After the engine
178. ged the steering components including actual or attempted theft damage should be reported to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic cir cuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking ability with two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops or the drive belt is bro ken you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through wa ter the brakes may get wet As a result your brak ing distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake linings and pads faster and reduce fuel economy performance To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long down Starting and driving 5 27 hill gradient Overheated brakes
179. gine Genuine NISSAN engine oil without diesel particulate filter Euro 4 ACEA B3 or B4 with diesel particulate filter Euro 4 ACEA C3 2004 Euro 5 ACEA C4 For further details see Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section COLD TYRE PRESSURE See the tyre placard affixed to the driver s side centre pillar ENVIRONMENT End of Life Vehicles ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Today the efforts made by NISSAN to fulfil our responsibilities to protect and sustain the environ ment are far reaching Within NISSAN we promote the highest levels of practice in every region and in every area of operations COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEP NISSAN focuses on ensuring that end of life vehicle components are reused recycled or recovered as thermal energy and guarantees compliance with EU legislation the End of Life Vehicle Directive WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITH RECYCLING IN MIND Reducing landfill waste emissions conserving natu ral resources and enhancing recycling activities are emphasised daily in our manufacturing sales and service operations and in the disposal of end of life vehicles ELV Design phase To reduce environmental impact we have developed your NISSAN vehicle to be 95 recyclable We mark the components to facilitate dismantling recy cling and to reduce hazardous substances We carefully verify and control substances of c
180. gine The following lights will come on C4 ey J PS The following lights where fitted come on briefly and then go off 1 nA 1 red O E D 1 yy rar 1 D ee 1 OFF filter warning light red Malfunction indicator md 5 G Ignition knob warning light red D NATS security indicator light red De Seat belt warning light red A m 19 Intelligent Key warning light red Intelligent Key indicator light green p Anti lock Braking System warning light orange Electronic Stability Programme ESP off indicator light orange N Diesel particulate filter warning light orange Glow plug indicator light Diesel engine orange Jela If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS Air bag warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the air bag light will illuminate for approxi mately 7 seconds and then turn off This means the system Is operational If any of the following conditions occur the air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing Overdrive off indicator light AT models orange Rear fog light indicator light orange SLIP indicator light orange Front fog light indicator light green 4D Side light and headlight indicator light green Turn signal hazard indicator light green High
181. gine overheat sssssssssssssrrrrrrrrerrrrsssssnnnnnnnrrrerereeeees 6 11 Engine serial number sssssssssssssssseeeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreerrennnnnn 9 7 Fuel filter Diesel engine models cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 12 Starting the Engine 0 eee eceeecectsecteeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 10 Exhaust gas Carbon Monoxide cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 5 3 Ext rnor NOMS sssusa AREER RE EAEEREN Eki 8 24 Filter Air cleaner filter isiiedatadthninsivinmisnacenunnenedecesabiantecsaiennty 8 19 Air conditioner filter sssssseesseeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreereennnn nn 4 7 Fuel filter Diesel engine models cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 12 Floor Mats reent ean 7 4 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF ccccceseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 13 Brake and clutch fluid scscpecscccdumninerstcosguryerieaeaenndddecepoem 8 13 Window washer headlight cleaner fluid ssassn 8 14 Fog light Front fog ght sisiresiioisi sinne 2 17 Rearfog MIG smiir ataarencnnttenemeensbobnnidyydamcnmeuesaiiaces 2 18 Front passenger air bag indicator light cccceeeeeesseeeeeees 1 14 Fuel Bleeding the fuel system assissiimeesbsatcorsiitadecccensaueeteesiniend 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 000088 9 2 Pueltiller lid isise 3 11 Fuel filter Diesel engine models s es 8 12 sPUBRGAUGS e E A E E 2 2 Fuel recommendation cccceceeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeee
182. h during the Oil Good or Oil Lo mode displays an approximate oil level indication between Max or Min In the case of a low engine oil level see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for the proper engine oil refilling procedure Oil change schedule set up It is possible to adjust the interval distance to oil change by pressing the Clock setting Oil change schedule setting switch for 3 seconds while the wrench symbol and the distance to oil change are displayed The symbol and distance display will start flashing and the display shows the current in terval Press the switch again to increase the interval distance Each step increases the interval distance by 1 000 km 500 miles The interval dis tance can be set up to 63 000 km 31 500 miles after which the display returns to zero If no further action is made the display returns to oil level status mode and the new interval is set If the interval distance is set to O the display will skip the distance to oil change information and wrench symbol display mode and will directly dis play the oil level status Oil Good or Oil Lo HR16DE or K9K engine equipped models only In order to return to the distance to oil change informa tion and wrench symbol display mode press the Clock setting Oil change schedule setting switch 2 for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON
183. h eyes skin clothes or the vehicle s painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid which can cause severe burns If the fluid comes into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with plenty of water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an incorrectly rated battery will dam age your vehicle Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Prepare vehicle A with the booster battery for the vehicle B being jump started CAUTION Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the handbrake Shift the gear lever MT models into the N Neu tral position AT models move the selector lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems headlights hazard lights etc Ensure that the ignition switch of the vehicle be ing jump started is in the LOCK position In case of emergency 6 9 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Remove the vent caps where fitted on the bat tery and cover the battery with an old cloth Connect the jump leads in the sequence A gt 3 4 as illustrated CAUTION Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for ex ample engine lift bracket etc not to the ba
184. h items can become dangerous projectiles in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 Securely store the tools wheel with the flat tyre and jack in the designated location of the lug gage compartment NOTE The flat tyre may not fit into the temporary use spare tyre location Have the flat tyre repaired and fitted as soon as possible 2 Reinstall the floor carpet then the flexi board system where fitted 3 Close the back door REPAIRING FLAT TYRE Models with emergency tyre puncture repair kit where fitted The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tyre This repair kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre puncture After using the repair kit see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible for tyre inspection and repair replacement CAUTION Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kit under the following conditions Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop or profes sional road assistance when the sealant has passed its expiration date shown on the label attached to the bottle when the cut or the puncture is approximately 4 mm 0 16 in or longer when the side of the tyre is damaged when the vehicle has been driven with a con siderable loss of air from the tyre when the tyre is completely displaced inside or outside the rim when the tyre rim is damaged when two or more tyres are flat NCE313
185. has been warmed up make sure there are no leaks around the engine oil filter unit and the drain plug Correct as required Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 8 Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level and add engine oil if neces sary 9 Install the engine compartment under cover where fitted 10 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 11 Close the bonnet PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM It is illegal to pollute drains water courses and soll Use authorised waste collection facilities including Civic amenity sites and garages providing facilities for the disposal of used oil and used oll filters If in doubt contact your local authority for advice on dis posal The regulations concerning the pollution of the environment will vary from country to country 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself FUEL FILTER Diesel engine models BLEEDING THE FUEL SYSTEM NDI1063 K9K engine RHD models Bleed the air out of the fuel system after refilling an empty fuel tank by the following procedure 1 Squeeze the priming bulb A several times until there is a sudden resistance felt in the pressure then stop 2 Crank the engine until the engine starts NOTE If the engine does not start stop cranking and repeat step 1 of the procedure If the engine does not operate smoothly after it has started race it two or three times AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
186. hat the disc is CD and not a DVD Confirm that the disc is recorded with audio files USB Universal Serial Bus where fitted This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector This could damage the con nector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehumidify or venti late the USB player completely Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 11 The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature be fore use Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick A USB device cannot be formatted with this sys tem To format a USB device use a personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chi nese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle centre screen Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is recom mended Do not connect a USB device if a con
187. he heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum HOT and fan speed con trol to maximum speed 8 Exit the vehicle 9 Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the bonnet Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen before proceeding Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Visually check if the cooling fan is running Visually check the radiator and radiator hoses for leakage A WARNING If coolant is leaking the cooling fan belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan is not run ning stop the engine In case of emergency 6 11 13 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir with the engine running Do not open the radiator cap where fitted 14 If the level is low remove the engine coolant reservoir cap and add coolant slowly into the reservoir After refilling the reservoir to the MAX level install the reservoir cap A WARNING Before removing the engine coolant reservoir cap and to avoid the danger of being scalded cover the reservoir cap with a rag and loosen the reservoir cap to the first notch to allow the steam to escape 15 Close the bonnet Have your vehicle inspected or repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop 6 12 Incase of emergency TOW TRUCK TOWING When towing your vehicle local r
188. hed or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE GLASS ENVELOPE Use the same number and wattage as origi nally installed Aiming is usually not necessary after replac ing the bulb When aiming adjustment is nec essary contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture or smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the head ii light 1 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable NDI725 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the headlight bulb 4 Remove the cap 5 Push and turn the retaining spring to loosen tt 6 Remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or ro tate the bulb during the removal 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of re moval and make sure that the cap is securely sealed with the headlight body 8 Reconnect the negative battery cable and close the bonnet Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if you need assistance for bulb replacement NOTE Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash The fog is caused by a temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens This is not a m
189. hen removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged 3 Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water 4 Use a damp chamois to dry the paint surface to avoid leaving water spots When washing the vehicle take care of the follow ing Inside flanges joints and folds on the doors back door and bonnet are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors are not clogged Spray water to the underbody and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and or wash away road salt f using a high pressure washer always follow the recommendations on the equipment pres sure and spraying distance If there are damaged areas on the vehicle e g painted bumpers or headlamp assembly it is not recommended to direct the high pressure jet on to them Carefully wash these areas by hand Avoid the entry of water into the locks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps to retain a new vehicle appearance After waxing polishing is recommended to remove built up residue A NI
190. hen removing the key from the LOCK position of the ignition switch make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position The selector lever can only be moved from the P Park position when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the key slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key towards the LOCK position 4 Remove the key STEERING LOCK To lock the steering wheel 1 Turn the key to the LOCK position 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Turn the steering wheel 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To unlock the steering wheel 1 Insert the key into the ignition switch 2 Gently turn the key while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when in this position The steering lock can only be locked in this position OFF 1 The engine is turned off without locking the steering
191. hicle from corrosion s es 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of It Whenever possible park your vehicle inside a ga rage or in a covered area to minimise the chances of damaging the paint surface of your vehicle When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when put ting on or removing the body cover WASHING In the following instances wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain After driving on coastal roads When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or insects get on the paint surface When dust or mud builds up on the paint sur face 1 Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge and plenty of water 2 Clean the vehicle surface gently and thoroughly using amild soap or a special vehicle wash sham poo mixed with clean lukewarm never hot wa ter 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION Do not wash the vehicle with strong house hold soap strong chemical detergents petrol or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the paint sur face may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken w
192. hicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch downwards 5 20 Starting and driving The new set speed value Q and SET indicator will be displayed in the combination meter Press the accelerator pedal When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch downwards The new set speed value Q and SET indicator will be displayed in the combination meter Push and release the RES resume A switch upwards or the SET switch downwards to increase or decrease the set speed in steps of 1 km h 1 MPH Push and hold the RES resume 1 switch up wards or the SET switch 2 downwards The vehicle speed will increase or decrease to the new set speed The new set speed value Q will be displayed in the combination meter Passing another vehicle Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate After releasing the accelerator pedal the vehicle will re turn to the previously set speed The set speed value Q will flash until the vehicle returns to the previously set speed Cancelling the cruise control system To cancel a set speed limit push the CANCEL switch 8 The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off The set speed value Q will remain displayed as this speed is now stored in the cruise control sys tem memory The cruise control system will also be cancelled automatically by any of the following Pressing the footbrake p
193. hicle speed km h or MPH where fitted TACHOMETER NIC1477 2 2 Instruments and controls The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revo lutions per minute r min Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 CAUTION When the engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage DN NIC1478 A Low fuel warning light FUEL GAUGE The gauge needle is designed to move to the empty level position when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position The gauge may move slightly during braking turn ing acceleration or going up or down hill The i gt symbol indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the right side of the vehicle NOTE The low fuel warning light A comes on when the fuel tank level is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches the empty level There should be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty level position A buzzer sounds three times when the low fuel warning light A comes on for the first time CAUTION Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers empty COMBINATION METER DISPLAY LCD aoe NIC 1483 A no Q H ae Bue NIC 1484 from wri oo cs c3 c3 c3 1 The TRIP button Steering wheel G switch toggles between Twin trip odometer setting TR
194. hion to access the under seat storage tray If necessary when the cleaning the inner side pull up 2 the tray as illus trated Instruments and controls 2 23 FLEXI BOARD SYSTEM where fitted The Flexi board system is a wet D or dry dual surface and dual position system that allows differ ent luggage compartment arrangements The lug gage floor boards can be rearranged as illustrated 2 24 Instruments and controls NIC 1480 Upper position This position provides a flat load floor the rear seat backs can also be folded forward see Rear seat in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section It also serves as a con cealed load area for objects placed below the pan els Lower position B This position maximises the load space in the lug gage compartment In order to rearrange the Flexi board system lay out proceed as follows Remove the larger panel 1 and slide it into the lower position Repeat the operation with the smaller panel 2 Vertical positions These positions provide further sub divisions of the luggage space by standing either one of the boards vertically in the midway slots provided in the side trim CAUTION The carpet finish should face up for all dry use applications The smooth surface D should be used only when loading wet objects Load should be distributed evenly and not ex
195. hout activating the integrated keyfob or us ing the emergency key LH side door handle key cyl inder When standing next to the vehicle illustrated by the grey area the Intelligent Key sends an ID code that allows the owner to manually lock unlock the vehicle by means of pressing the driver s side door pas senger s side door or back door handle lock unlock switch Locking the doors 1 Make sure you have the Intelligent Key with you when exiting the vehicle 2 Close all the doors 3 Press the door back door handle lock switch All the doors will lock The hazard indicator flashes once CAUTION Make sure you do not leave the Intelligent Key duplicate inside the vehicle as the locking proce dure logic will be impaired NOTE If the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle and the door back door handle lock switch is pressed the buzzer will sound warning the owner that the Intelligent Key has been left in the vehicle Unlocking the doors Convenience mode Push the door back door handle lock unlock switch All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes twice Anti hijack mode 1 Push the door back door handle lock unlock switch Only that particular door unlocks The hazard indicator flashes twice quickly 2 Push the door back door handle lock unlock switch within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes twice slowly NOTE When the lock unlock passenger
196. i tion Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system e g buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage See Seat belt maintenance in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for further details Steering wheel Check for any change in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and audible reminders Make sure that all warning indicator lights and au dible reminders are operating properly Windscreen defogger Check that the air comes out of the defogger outlets properly when operating the heater or air condi tioner 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Windscreen wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the handbrake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For a manual transmission models
197. inate 3 Turn the temperature dial for the desired tem perature 4 Press the air intake button until both the indica tors a amp gt Outside air and lt gt Air recircula tion are off The intake air will be controlled auto matically between the air recirculation and out side air modes 4 8 Heater and air conditioner and audio system The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distri bution and fan speed are also controlled auto matically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ven tilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunc tion Heater operation A C OFF Use this mode for heating purposes only 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow con trol dial to the AUTO position If the A C indicator is illuminated press the lt A C gt button to switch off the air conditioner The A C indicator light will turn off Turn the temperature control dial for the desired temperature Press the air intake button until both the indica tors a gt Outside air and lt gt Air recircula tion are off The intake air will be controlled auto matically between the air recirculation and out side air modes Do not set the temperature lower than the out side air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly This mode is not recommended when the win dows fog up If the wind
198. ine has warmed up Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped This could cause unexpected ve hicle movement Driving precautions Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving this could result in dam age to the transmission Start the engine in the P Park or N Neutral position The engine will not start in any other selector position If it does have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Re verse D Drive 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear Onan uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose in or der to hold the vehicle in place and to prevent overheating of the transmission Shift into the N Neutral position and apply the handbrake when at a standstill for longer than a short waiting period Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from the N Neutral position to any driving position CAUTION when starting the vehicle DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL When the engine is running shifting the se lector lever into the R Reverse D Drive 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear position with out depressing the brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly Be sure the brake pedal is fully depressed and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the selector lever BE
199. ing light remains on after ap proximately 7 seconds The air bag warning light flashes intermittently The air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Re straint System SRS and or pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly It must be checked and repaired When selling your vehicle we request that you in form the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt sys tem and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM air bag system This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and front passenger air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belt system Front air bag system this system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions NOTE It is possible to disable the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag indicator light later in this section for further details Side air bag system this system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Curtain air bag system where fitted this system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outer seating posi
200. ing the speed limiter on The speed limiter can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the speed limiter main ON OFF switch 4 The speed limiter symbol 7 and the LIMIT indica tor 6 will illuminate in the combination meter dis play Setting speed limit While driving push the SET switch 2 upwards or downwards The speed limit will be set at the current speed When driving less than 30 km h 20 MPH it will not be possible to set the speed limit When the speed limiter is set the SET indicator and the set speed value 9 illuminate in the combi nation meter display Changing a speed limit Use either of the following operations to change an active speed limit Push and release the SET switch upwards or downwards Each time you do this the set speed will increase or decrease by 2 km h 2 MPH Push and hold the SET switch upwards or down wards The set speed will increase or decrease in steps of 4 km h 2 3 MPH The new set speed limit will be displayed in the combination meter display Cancelling a speed limit To cancel a set speed limit push the CANCEL switch The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter display will be turned off The set speed value 9 will remain displayed as this speed is now stored in the speed limiter memory It is also possible to override the speed limiter by fully depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the resistance point A
201. ing to your driving habits and road surface conditions Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tyre wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed Wheel bolts When checking the tyres make sure no wheel bolts are missing and check for any loose wheel bolts Tighten if necessary Windscreen Clean the windscreen on a regular basis Check the windscreen at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windscreen re paired by a qualified repair facility Wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe prop erly Under the bonnet and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically e g each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check if the green indicator on the top of the main tenance free battery is visible If it is not visible replace the battery as soon as possible Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions check the fluid level frequently Brake and clutch fluid level Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that the drive belts are not fray
202. inspected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tyre should be replaced The original tyres have a built in tread wear indica tor 1 When the wear indicator is visible the tyre should be replaced The wear indicator locations are indicated by the location marks TYRE AGE Remember tyre age Never use a tyre over six years old regardless of whether they have been used or not Tyres degrade with age as well as the use they are subjected to Have the tyres checked and balanced frequently by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Report all accidents where the tyre is knocked even if it is minor CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS A WARNING Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tyres could have structural damage and could fail without warning When replacing a tyre use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are men tioned in Wheels and tyres in the 9 Technical information section The use of tyres other than those recommended or the mixed use of tyres of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tyre clearance snow chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height A
203. int touches the front seat For the rearward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat slide the front passenger seat forward so that the child restraint touches the vehicle dashboard 1 18 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system List of approved ISOFIX and specific Universal child restraints Rear outer pas Rear centre pas senger senger 2 Group O lt 10 Fair GO 1 1 2 Romer Baby kg Oto9 Safe 1 3 months Group 0 lt 13 Fair GO 1 1 2 Romer Baby kg O to 24 Safe 1 3 months Group 1 9 to 18 Fair G0 1 2 Romer Lord 3 kg 9 to 48 Romer Duo Plus months 3 Group 2 and 3 Romer Kid 3 Romer Kid 3 15 to 36 kg 4 to 12 years 1 Rearward facing only 2 The child restraint requires an additional ISOFIX plat form to be fitted to your vehicle Refer to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for proper platform refer ences 3 Universal mode ONLY A WARNING Since your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag system do not fit a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat without first deactivating the front pas senger air bag as such a restraint system used in this position could cause serious injury to the infant in case of air bag deployment dur ing a collision In vehicles equipped with a side air bag sys tem do not let any infants or small children sit in the front passenger s seat as the air bag may c
204. ion 1 The front side tail number plate and instru ment lights will come on Turn the switch to the gt position 2 The headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on CAUTION Never leave the light switch on for extended peri ods of time while the engine is not running 2 16 Instruments and controls Daytime light system where fitted Even if the headlight switch is off the headlight low beam front side rear combination and number plate lights will come on after starting the engine How ever you cannot change low beam to high beam when the light switch is off When the light switch is turned to the paz position the headlight low beam will turn off Autolight system AUTO where fitted The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically When active the autolight system will Turn on the headlights front side tail number plate and instrument panel lights automatically when it gets dark Turn off all the lights when it gets light To activate the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO position 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON To disable the autolight system Turn the switch to the OFF pa or 2 position NIC1070Z A Front of the vehicle Headlight beam select 1 To select the high beam when in the 0 posi tion push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 2 indicator light il
205. ion Servicing air conditioner The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with an environmentally friendly refriger ant NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant are re quired when servicing your vehicle s air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system See Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations where fitted in the 9 Techni cal information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop will be able to service the environmentally friendly air condi tioning system 4 10 Heater and air conditioner and audio system AUDIO SYSTEM The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position If you want to listen to the radio or CD while the engine is not running turn the ignition switch to the Acc position Do not use for an extended period of time with the engine stopped AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS A WARNING Do not adjust the audio system while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion Radio Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality are normally caused by these external influences
206. ion knob Intelligent Key equipped models 5 7 lgnition switch caessedseattsonnesdscecsnsssats ides davussnaniatuccedianinesaaeds 5 6 Immobilizer NATS immobilizer radio approval number sses 9 8 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS seses 3 9 Indicator lights Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 0 2 7 Injured PerSoNS pinaiesagsetasrccuwersianuseorearnnmcseoonnnnenniabisesdcanennn 1 7 Inside rear view M IfTOF oe eee eeeeeeeeeee cee eee ee eae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaas 3 12 Instrument and control layout LAD MOQEIS Susctsuidiestiuecdtnntea a a a EEA E 0 5 RAD MOO GIS geceeeasncsasidiig iene Ernu aAA AANE EEE 0 7 Integrated keyfob remote control system essercene 3 3 Battery replacement Jatcsssseteeenensnnatecccnenennsshiaeddccadddedoton 8 17 gto SWIC cpsesntcaaasaduoceennpdeomnenecetcessatuinna uettectiendensaees 5 6 Keyfob operation failure ccccccsscccecceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeennes 3 4 Locking the doors ara saet nna ce ce aaeatea satiate eee 3 3 Switching from convenience mode to anti hijack mode 3 4 Unlocking the doors Anti hijack mode esce 3 4 Unlocking the doors Convenience mode seseeeeeeees 3 4 Intelligent Key system ssssaceensiswnssniararndeneaennmensnpesansdidannngauanns 3 5 Battery replacement 00 ee eee ceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 17 Emergency key Intelligent Key dead battery situation 5 9 Tee
207. ipment conforms to local regulations TRAILER DETECTION where fitted When towing a trailer and the turn signal switch is used the electrical system of the vehicle will detect an additional electrical load of the trailer lighting As a result the direction indicator tone will sound dif ferently INSTALLATION OF COUPLING DEVICE NISSAN recommends that the coupling device for trailer towing be installed under the following condi tions Maximum permissible vertical load on the cou pling device 490N 50 kg 110 Ib The coupling device mounting points and instal lation parts on your vehicle as shown as an ex ample in the illustration Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer s in structions for installation and use Starting and driving 5 25 Rear overhang of coupling device A 715 mm 28 1 in 5 26 Starting and driving NSD257 VEHICLE SECURITY When leaving your vehicle unoccupied Always remove the ignition key or Intelligent Key where fitted and take it with you even in your own garage Close all windows completely and lock all doors Always park your vehicle where it can be seen At night park in a well lit area If the vehicle is equipped with an alarm or immo bilization device use it even for short periods Do not leave children and pets in the vehicle unattended Do not leave valuables on view to tempt a thief Always take your valuables with you If
208. ipped models it is normal for the key not to go into the key cylinder all the way Record the key number shown on the tag A on the Security information page at the end of this manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle If you lose your keys or Intelligent Keys see your NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate Note that a key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be dupli cated by your NISSAN dealer Only the NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS key can be used on your vehicle A key number is nec essary when you need an extra NATS key As many as four NATS keys can be used on one vehicle The new key must be registered to the NATS compo nents of your vehicle by your NISSAN dealer At this time you are requested to bring all your NATS keys to your NISSAN dealer Immobilizer This is necessary because the registration process will erase all memory of the NATS components Do not allow NATS keys which contain the tran sponder chip to come in contact with salt water Salt water may damage the transponder chip and cause a NATS key malfunction INTEGRATED KEYFOB REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM NPA734Z All doors can be locked unlocked from the outside by pressing the lock Yunlock button on the keyfob A sel
209. isk DRIVING UNDER WINTER CONDITIONS Drive safely Starting and driving 5 5 Avoid starting off accelerating or stopping sud denly Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Avoid sudden steering actions Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle in front 5 6 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH NSD238Z 1 OFF A WARNING Never remove the key or turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury The switch includes an anti theft steering lock de vice There is an OFF position between the LOCK and Acc positions although it is not shown on the lock cylinder When the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked MANUAL TRANSMISSION To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key from the ignition switch then turn the steering clockwise To unlock the steering wheel insert the ignition key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in the LOCK position Normal parking po sition 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position W
210. itch P 2 3 4 Combination meter display LCD P 2 3 5 TRIP button P 2 3 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CR14DE ENGINE 1 Brake clutch fluid reservoir RHD models P 8 13 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 3 Air cleaner filter P 8 19 es ae 4 4 Brake clutch fluid reservoir LHD models FE EE P 8 13 NE 5 5 Battery P 8 15 CE 6 Fuses fusible link box P 8 21 7 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 S AS j a 8 Radiator cap P 8 6 eS 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 10 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 14 NS NDI1022 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 0 10 Illustrated table of contents NDI1023 HR16DE ENGINE 1 O o E a a SS Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT RHD models Brake fluid reservoir AT RHD models P 8 13 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake clutch fluid reservoir MT LHD models Brake fluid reservoir AT LHD models P 8 13 Air cleaner filter P 8 19 Battery P 8 15 Fuses fusible link box P 8 21 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 6 Radiator cap P 8 6 Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF dipstick P 8 13 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Window washer headlight cleaner where fit ted fluid reservoir P 8 14 Euro 4 KOK ENGINE 1 Fuel filter priming bulb LHD models P 8 12 2 Brake clutch fluid reservoir
211. ition again If the light remains illu minated we recommend you to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section for further details regarding the EPAS warning light The EPAS Electrically Power Assisted Steering system Is designed to assist steering The steering may appear to feel slightly stiff follow ing parking manoeuvres including a great deal of steering This is not a malfunction it is caused by a control system designed to prevent the motor from overheating No servicing is required The EPAS system will return to normal operation the next time the vehicle is driven Similarly the EPAS system may not provide full as sistance during periods of reduced battery voltage but will recover once normal battery voltage is re stored If the EPAS warning light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the EPAS system is not working properly As result greater steering ef forts are required to steer the steering wheel espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible NOTE Incorrectly inflated tyres can lead to poor steer ing ability and make the driver suspect a steering problem keep the vehicle s tyres inflated to the correct pressure at all times CAUTION Any malfunction or accident that could have dam a
212. itting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash and may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates SS0136Z SS0134Z Sit upright and well back A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them on your lap or in your arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustra tions Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags or supplemental side air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Also never install a child restraint in the front seat without first deactivating the front pas senger air bag An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child For additional information see Child restraints later in this section A WARNING Side and curtain air bags where fitted The side and curtain air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts side and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Side and c
213. le the MIX indicator remains on To cancel this mode press the MIX button again ry CD eject button Press the eject button 44 to eject the compact disc If the CD comes out and is not removed within 10 seconds It will be pulled back into the slot to protect it from damage When the ignition switch is in either the OFF or LOCK position or the audio unit is off it is possible to eject the CD However the audio unit will not be activated If the following message appears on the display press the EJECT button 4 22 Heater and air conditioner and audio system CD ERROR and EJECT CD appear alternately Eject the disc and insert another CD or check whether the CD is inserted upside down FM AM RADIO WITH CD PLAYER where fitted Pe eS 10 Power ON OFF button Volume control VOL knob CD play mode button FMeAM button Mute button Radio mode Preset button CD mode Repeat RPT button Radio mode Preset button CD mode MIX button Display Radio mode Preset buttons Radio mode Preset button Audio unit mode Display DISP button Radio mode Preset button CD AUX or Phone mode Quick search but ton 16 17 18 19 20 Os aA NAA1191 CD slot CD eject button Auxiliary AUX source button Telephone button Radio mode TUNE dial Audio unit mode MENU dial Confirmation ENTER button Back button SETUP button Fast Forward Cue play Forward
214. le with the rear wheels raised al ways use towing dollies under the front wheels RECOMMENDED TOWING NISSAN recommends that your vehicle should be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or be placed on a flat bed lorry as illustrated Lf lt 7 _ il Sy NCE281Z Automatic transmission models CAUTION NEVER tow automatic transmission AT models with the front wheels on the ground or with all four wheels on the ground forwards or back wards this may cause serious and expensive TOWING EYE NCE195 Front The towing eye is stored with the vehicle tools and located in the spare wheel recess luggage com partment area 1 Remove the cover from the bumper 2 Securely install the towing eye as illustrated In case of emergency 6 13 Make sure that the towing eye is properly stored in its designated location after use FREEING THE VEHICLE FROM SAND SNOW OR MUD NCE181Z Rear towing hook A WARNING Never allow anyone to stand near the towing line during the pulling operation Never spin the tyres at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Towing hook or towing eye usage The towing hook eye should be used in the event that your vehicle becomes trapped in sand snow or mud and is unable to drive away without being pulled use the towing hook or eye Use
215. led down Engine coolant is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round and extended life en gine coolant The high quality engine coolant con tains the specific solutions effective for the anti cor rosion and the anti freeze function Therefore addi tional cooling system additives are not necessary CAUTION When adding or replacing engine coolant be sure to use Genuine NISSAN anti freeze L250 coolant or equivalent premixed type mixture ratio 50 for all ambient temperatures The use of other types of engine coolant may damage the engine cooling system lf the radiator or engine coolant reservoir tank is equipped with a pressure cap use a Genu ine NISSAN cap or its equivalent when re placement is required 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL NDI742Z NDI741Z Type B Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN Q add coolant up to the MAX 1 level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator where fitted when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening where fitted and also add it to the coolant reservoir up to the MAX level CAUTION If the cooling system frequently
216. lemental restraint system 1 7 SSS0467Z 3 Position the lap belt portion low on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retrac tor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoul der belt is routed over your shoulder and snug across your chest A WARNING The seat belt should rest on the middle of the shoulder It must not rest against the neck Make sure that the seat belt is not twisted in any way NPA747Z Selecting the correct set of belts The rear centre seat belt buckle is identified by the mark A The centre seat belt tongue can only be fastened into the centre seat belt buckle 0351 AZ Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats only where fitted The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you see Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section 1 8 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To adjust pull the release button 1 and move the shoulder belt anchor to the appropriate position so that the belt passes over the centre of the shoul der Release when the appropriate position has been found in order to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder A WARNING After adjustment release the button or knob and check by moving the shoulder belt as sembly up and down to make sure the shoul der bel
217. lly start the vehicle in motion by pressing the accelerator pedal The automatic transmission is designed so that the footbrake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON 4 NSD308z A RHD models B LHD models To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the gt brake pedal Zp Push the button to shift Shift without depressing the brake pedal Shifting Push the button to shift into P Park R Reverse or from 2 Second gear to 1 Low gear All other positions can be selected without pushing the but ton P Park Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Always make sure that the ve hicle is completely stopped before moving the se lector lever into the P Park position For maximum safety the footbrake pedal must be depressed be fore moving the selector lever into the P Park posi tion Use this position together with the handbrake When parking on a hill first depress the footbrake pedal apply the handbrake and then shift into the P Park position R Reverse CAUTION Shift into this position only after the vehicle has completely stopped Use this position to reverse the vehicle N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N and restart a stalled engine while driving the vehicle D Drive
218. lue tooth audio was playing pressing the lt b gt but ton will start the Bluetooth audio streaming lt AUX gt button To operate the Bluetooth audio streaming use one of the following methods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENUS gt dial to highlight BT Audio and press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until BT Audio is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt The type of display A or B shown on the audio system can vary depending on the Bluetooth ver sion of the device rl bee When the lt gt gt gt Cue or lt lt gt Review button is pressed continuously the track will be played at high speed When the button is released the track will be played at normal playing speed Ezi Track up down buttons Pressing the lt gt p i gt or lt l4 lt gt button once the track will be skipped forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current played track Press the lt i gt or lt l4 lt gt button more than once to skip through the tracks Fast Forward Cue Fast Reverse Review buttons Play Pause Press the lt ENTER gt button to pause To resume press lt ENTER gt again lt nisp 5 gt button Type B display screen only If the song contains music information tags ID3 tags the title of the played song will be displayed If tags are not provided then the display will not show any messages When the
219. luminates 9 Pull the lever back to select the low beam D position 3 Pulling the lever towards you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is off Friendly Lighting where fitted The Friendly Lighting function is a convenience facility It allows you to provide lighting from the vehicle after the ignition switch has been turned to the LOCK position pulling the headlight switch to ward you once will activate the headlight for ap proximately 30 seconds After that period of time it will automatically switch off It is possible to pull the headlight switch up to four times to increase the lighting period up to 2 minutes NOTE The Friendly Lighting function can be cancelled by switching the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position again Battery save function The battery save feature prevents your vehicle from discharging the battery after you have left the exter nal lights map lamps or room lamps on combina tion switch in the 2bd or Z position when exiting the vehicle This occurs when the ignition switch or ignition knob is in the OFF or LOCK position NOTE The next time the engine is started the external lights map lamps or room lamp will come on again Battery save function for external lights If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position but the external lights are accidentally left on the external lights will automatically be
220. ly provided NISSAN Connect Audio with Navigation Owners Manual 4 34 Heater and air conditioner and audio system MOBILE PHONE INTEGRATION where fitted BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE FEATURE gi lue Y g el te 3Bluetoo NAA1196 A WARNING Whilst driving using the mobile phone is ex tremely dangerous because it significantly im pairs your concentration and diminishes your re action capabilities to sudden changes on the road and it may lead to a fatal accident This applies to all phone call situations such as when receiving an incoming call during a phone con versation when calling through the phone book search etc CAUTION Certain country jurisdictions prohibit the use of the mobile phone in the car without hands free support This chapter provides information about the NISSAN hands free phone system using a Bluetooth con nection Bluetooth is a wireless radio communication stan dard This system offers a hands free facility for your mobile telephone to enhance driving comfort In order to use your mobile phone with the Blue tooth of the audio system the mobile phone must first be setup For details see BLUETOOTH settings later in this section or BLUETOOTH settings earlier in this section Once it has been setup the hands free mode is automatically acti vated on the registered mobile phone via Blue tooth when it comes into range A notification message appe
221. may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt under your arm Serious injury can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Position the lap belt as low as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST CHILD SAFETY SSS0099Z Infants or small children NISSAN recommends that infants or small children should be seated in a child restraint on the rear seats if available According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat see Child restraints later in this section You should choose a child restraint system which fits your vehicle and al ways follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts that are provided The use of a booster seat commercially available may help to avoid the shoulder belt coming across the face or neck area of a child s seating position The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle s seat Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the
222. n Whenthe gt gt button is pressed once the fre quency increases from the frequency currently tuned in to the next broadcasting station on that band The audio output is muted during seek tuning When the lt lt button is pressed once the fre quency decreases from the frequency currently tuned in to the previous broadcasting station on that band The audio output is muted during seek tuning f no radio station is found in a complete band cycle it will then stop at the same frequency sta tion that was set before the seek tuning function was Initiated Preset station button DAOA Press a preset button for less than 2 seconds to receive the station preset on that button Pressing a preset button for more than 2 seconds will cause the station currently being received to be stored in the memory of that button Fifteen stations can be stored in the FM band Five in each of FM1 FM2 and FMT Five stations can be set for both the MW and LW bands Radio data system RDS operation The RDS is a system through which encoded digital information is transmitted in addition to the normal FM broadcasting radio station The RDS provides information services such as station s name traffic information regional news or search for a station with a certain broadcasting programme type NOTE In some countries or regions some of these ser vices are not available Alternative Frequency AF The AF function
223. n addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop if repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precautions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with an asterisk is found later in this section The maintenance items listed here should be per formed from time to time unless otherwise speci fied Outside the vehicle Back door doors and bonnet Check that the back door all doors and the bonnet operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the bon net from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other cor rosive materials check for lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Tyres Check the pressure with a gauge periodically when at a service station including the spare and adjust to the specified pressure if necessary Check care fully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tyre rotation Tyres should be rotated at least every 10 000 km 6 000 miles However the timing for tyre rotation may vary accord
224. ncorrect disposal procedures could cause personal in jury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system is acti vated in conjunction with the front air bag system It helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle is in volved in certain types of collisions by restraining the seat occupants via the seat belt retractor The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used in the same way as conventional seat belts Additionally the driver s side pre tensioner seat belt system is also equipped with a lap pre tensioner Both the retractor pre tensioner and lap pre ten sioner provide significant protection against injury in an accident and increase the safety performance of your vehicle When the pre tensioner seat belt system activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is harmless but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the Supplemental Restraint System SRS air bag warning light will illuminate The SRS air bag warning light will turn off after approximately 7 sec onds if the system is operational If any of the follow ing conditions occur the air bag and or pre ten sioner seat belt need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 The air bag warn
225. nd being injured is increased NPA997 Forward and backward Pull the bar T up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position 1 2 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seat lifter driver s seat where fitted Pull up or push down the lever to adjust the angle and the height of the seat cushion to the de sired position Reclining Turn the dial and lean back until the desired angle is obtained To return the seatback forward turn the dial and move your body forward REAR SEAT 4 WARNING When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo Eeit secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Seats should always be set into a latched con dition when the vehicle is in motion Make sure the rear bench seat is adequately latched every time it has been previously slid If it is not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri ous injury in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain that they are completely
226. ne coolant temperature warning light comes on stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop When towing a trailer or driving uphill reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible to decrease the engine coolant temperature If the engine overheats continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en gine See Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required A WARNING Do not remove the radiator cap while the engine is hot Otherwise there is a danger of being scalded by the coolant that is likely to erupt from the filler y Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers comes on during normal driving or stays on once the engine is started pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pres sure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil level information where fitted ear lier in this section and Engine oil in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section for further details on engine oil level Malfunction indicator warning light Malfunction indicato
227. nector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the USB device If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow responses in an iPod The display of the audio system may momentarily black out but it will soon re cover If an iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode The dis play of the audio system may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Some iPod operations may not be available with this system At the time of publication this audio system was tested with the latest iPod players available Due to the frequent update of consumer devices like MP3 players NISSAN cannot guarantee that all new iPods launched will be compatible with this audio system Make sure that the iPod is updated with the lat est firmware iPod is trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Bluetooth audio player where fitted Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be used with this system For detailed information about Bluetooth audio devices that are avail able for use with this system contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Before using a Bluetooth audio system the ini tial registration process for the audio device Is necessary Operation of the Bluetooth audio sys
228. nfirmation flash of the Gy Intelligent Key warn ing light red will indicate that the anti hijack mode has been properly disabled See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion for further details on the K amp Intelligent Key warn ing light Intelligent Key indicator light KEYFOB OPERATION FAILURE The keyfob may not work properly in several situa tions as listed below When the keyfob battery is dead When the locking unlocking system is used con tinuously an anti lock abuse system prevents the lock motors from overheating and disables the keyfob locking operation for a short period of time When the door handle is pulled while the keyfob is being activated See Integrated Keyfob Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for battery replacement and requested battery type INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM where fitted NPA881Z The Intelligent Key system is a convenient keyless entry system that allows you to operate your vehicle without using an actual key A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi cal equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use LOCKING UNLOCKING The Intelligent Key system allows you to lock unlock the driver s door the passenger s door or the back door wit
229. nformation of the telephone button see Mobile phone integration where fitted earlier in this section K Volume control buttons Press the or button to adjust the volume level CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing large capacity wireless equipment or a car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect the Engine control system and other electronic parts depend ing on its installation location CAUTION Keep the antenna as far as possible away from the Electric Control Module Also keep the antenna wire more than 20 cm 8 inches away from the Electro Injection har ness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as rec ommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the radio chas sis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 39 NOTE 4 40 Heater and air conditioner and audio system 5 Starting and driving Ru nning in schedule csi hisscrnatsmsnoicancanndcieniutseasnnadvawens 5 2 Before starting the CnQING c sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 Precautions when starting and driving 0eee 5 3 Exhaust gas Carbon Monoxide sessen 5 3 Three way catalyst Petrol engine models 5 4 To help prevent damage eccseeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeees 5 4 Turbocharger system Diesel engine m
230. ngine models or Type S K9K engine models lubricant or the exact equivalents Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage and will lead to the vehicle s entire air conditioning system replacement NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The release of refrigerant into the atmosphere is not recommended The new refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer However it may contribute in a small part to global warming NISSAN recommends that the refrigerant be recovered and recycled Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop when servicing your air conditioning system ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Diesel 4 cycle Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idling speed MT AT in N position Ignition timing BTDC MT AT in N position Spark plug Spark plug gap Camshaft operation cm Hot mm in 3 cu in rpm degree Standard Cold mm in CR14DE Petrol 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 73 0 x 82 8 2 874 x 3 260 1 386 84 57 1 3 4 2 650 50 LFR4AP 11 LFR5AP 11 REC10PYC4 LFR6AP 11 1 1 0 043 Timing chain HR16DE Petrol 4 cycle 4 cylinder in line 78 x 83 6 3 071 x 3 291 1 598 97 51 1 3 4 2 650 50 700 50 PLZKAR5A 11 PLZKAR6A 11 PLZKAR7A 11 1 1 0 043 Timing chain K9K 4 cylinder in line 76 0 x 80 5 2 992 x 3 169 1 461 89 15 1 3 4 2 800 50 Timing
231. nning clean water through the radiator filler opening where fitted or engine coolant reservoir Install the radiator lower hose on the radiator securely Fill the radiator through the filler opening where applicable slowly with coolant and fill the cool ant reservoir up to the MAX level See Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for cooling system capacity Install the radiator cap where fitted and the en gine coolant reservoir cap Start the engine and warm it up until the radiator fan operates Then rev the engine two or three times under no load Observe the coolant tem perature warning light for signs of overheating 10 Stop the engine After it has completely cooled 11 down refill the radiator up to the filler opening where fitted If the coolant level lowered fill the engine coolant reservoir up to the MAX level Check radiator lower hose for any signs of leak age 12 Close the bonnet NDI671Z K9K engine K9K engine 1 Open the bonnet Set the heater or air conditioner temperature control to the maximum HOT position For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Disconnect the radiator lower hose 1 and open the drain plug 2 on the engine block Open the engine coolant reservoir cap to help to drain the coolant Flush the co
232. nrererees 5 31 Driving on wet road eesssssssssssessseeeesrrrrrrrrrrrnrrrreeeerrnnnnns 5 5 Driving the vehicle sssssssssssssrrreseeerssssssnrnnnrrrrrrrrrreres 5 11 Driving under winter conditions sccccssssssccecciawivereinei eres 5 5 Driving with automatic transmission oo 5 12 Driving with manual transmission essees 5 11 Precautions when starting and driving eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 3 Pe Electronic Stability Programme ESP system aace 5 29 BO OFF switch ws sarexadtessyaacereannatienccceusnteneecpanneieceeeter 5 30 Engine Before starting the engine ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 5 2 Changing engine coolant 0 ccc ceecesccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Changing engine oil 20 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaes 8 9 Changing engine oll filter scijiiscnesttanntiendiirenccnie 8 11 Checking engine coolant level oo ceeeessseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 Checking engine oil level 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneees 8 9 Data estate nents vexcnesunateanaens vad danauaecautcadssuMuanncsesulcenangaaats 9 5 Engine cold start period sstixcxeceteeunccztcattmiurecmassontteacdassasine 5 5 Engine compartment ccssiiiiertvertiidaescerasessieueuervexeeentn 0 9 8 5 Engine coolant esesessssssssrsrrrrrrrrrrrrersssssnnnnnntnnnnrrreerenn 5 31 Engine cooling system ssssssssssssssssssrnrrrnosssrrrrnrrsrnnrerreses 8 6 e E T S 8 8 En
233. ns for the mixture ratio CAUTION Do not substitute anti freeze engine coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint BATTERY VEHICLE BATTERY Caution symbols for battery A WARNING NO SmOnNg Never smoke around the battery Never expose the battery to open flames or No exposed flames i electrical sparks No sparks Handle the battery cautiously Always wear eye protection glasses to protect Shield eyes i against explosion or battery acid Keep away from Never allow children to handle the battery Keep the battery out of reach of children children A WARNING Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After handling the battery or battery cap immediately wash your hands tery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher thoroughly If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin or clothing f flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention load on the battery which can generate heat re Battery fluid is acid If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin it duce battery life and in some cases lead to an could cause eyesight loss or burns explosion NDI920Z Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the bat Battery acid Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any cor rosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water Note operating Before handling
234. nt facing When you install a front facing child restraint system in a rear outer or centre seat follow these steps 1 Position the rear sliding bench seat to its rear most position and the front passenger seat as far forward as possible SSS0374AZ f a A t NPA736Z Rear centre seat 2 Position the front facing child restraint system on the rear seat Always follow the child restraint system manu facturer s instructions for installation and use 1 20 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 SSS0513Z Route the seat belt tongue through the child re straint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage To prevent slack in the lap belt it will be neces sary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip A Use a locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equiva lent in dimensions and strength Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place Check to make sure that the child restraint sys tem is properly secured prior to each use Rear facing When you install a rear facing child restraint system in a rear outer or centre seat follow these steps 1 Slide the front passenger seat as f
235. ntil the glow indicator light ayyy goes out Start the engine with your foot on the brake pedal not on the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure For petrol engine models If the engine is very hard to start for example in extremely cold or hot weather or when restarting Proceed as follows a Depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then start the engine b Release the ignition switch and the accel erator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it Is flooded Proceed as follows a Depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it b Start the engine for 5 6 seconds and stop After starting the engine release the ac celerator pedal c Start the engine with your foot off the ac celerator pedal Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the procedure from step a CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds ata time If the engine does not start turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds Petrol engine models or 20 seconds Diesel engine models before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged lf it becomes necessary to start the engine
236. nto an other country The necessary modifications transportation and registration are the owner s responsibility VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE NTI111Z The plate is affixed as shown VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN chassis number NTI112Z The number is stamped as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER NTI055Z NTI097Z HR16DE engine NTIO099Z K9K engine The number is stamped on the engine as shown TYRE PLACARD NTI056Z The cold tyre pressure is shown on the tyre placard fixed to the side of the driver s side centre pillar Note that this illustration is for LHD models AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL where fitted The label is affixed as shown Technical information 9 7 NATS IMMOBILIZER RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER CEO NTI157Z Your vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN step 7 immobilizer system and step 9 for the intelligent key system 9 8 Technical information APPROVAL NUMBERS All radio frequency or audio frequency products fit ted to the NISSAN range during production con form to the requirements of the R amp TTE Directive Integrated keyfob 5WK4 876 818 Intelligent key where fitted e11 74 61 95 56 2014 01 NOTE Technical information 9 9 NOTE 9 10 Technical information NOTE Technical information 9 11 NOTE 9 12 Technical information 10 Index ee f k Air bag system Supplemen
237. ntrol unit detects something caught in the driver s window as It moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the driver s window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position CAUTION Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs A WARNING There are some areas immediately before the closed position where squeezing cannot be de tected Be careful not to pinch your fingers INTERIOR LIGHTS CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could discharge the bat tery NOTE The interior lights will go off after approximately 15 minutes unless the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position ROOM LIGHT 1 ka NIC1573 Type B where fitted The room light 1 has a three position switch Position Lighting p s Light is always on Light comes on when a door is opened 0 Light remains off Middle Instruments and controls 2 27 Room light timer The room light will stay on for approximately 30 sec onds when The ignition is switched off The doors are unlocked Any door except back door is opened and then closed The timer is cancelled and the interior light will turn off when The doors are locked The ignition switch i
238. o the interrupting station and the name of the interrupt ing station will be displayed Pressing the button during a news inter ruption will cause the audio unit to return to the previous source However news standby mode remains active When the CD button is pressed during a news interruption mode the radio will change to CD mode and news stand by mode is not cancelled If the radio wave band changes to the MW or LW then the news standby mode will be switched off USER SET UP MENU To enter the user set up menu first press the MOD button then press again this button and hold it for at least 2 seconds Each time the N or W button is pressed the display changes as follows TA VOL 4 PHONE VOL AF ON 4 REG ON OFF E i m A AUX Z ON VOL g gt i Adjust the traffic announcement volume level T VOL using the lt lt or gt gt button Adjust the mobile phone volume level PHONE VOL using the lt lt or gt gt button Press either the lt lt or gt gt button to switch between the off or on position for the alternative frequency AF The radio will automatically re tune to a stronger frequency if the signal be comes weak Press either the lt lt or gt gt button to switch between the off or on position for the regional mode REG Use this set up mode to maintain the audio unit for receiving the radio station which is broadcasting local regional programmes See RE
239. ock the audio unit is by entering the radio code number This code number is shown on an identification card NOTE The 4 digit radio code is listed on a card that you received with your vehicle documenta tion Record the radio code shown on the card on the Security information page at the end of this manual and keep the radio code informa tion in a safe not in the vehicle Contact a NISSAN dealer if you lose the fixed number card of your audio unit NAA823Z Unlocking the unit If the battery supply to the vehicle is interrupted the unit will lock When the power is restored and the unit switched on the display will show CODE for 3 seconds then afterwards To unlock the unit enter your 4 digit radio code This code is entered by using the preset station but tons NAA899Z 1 Press preset station button 1 the number of times corresponding to the first digit of the radio code Example radio code 5169 The first digit of the radio code is a 5 then press the preset station button 1 five times 2 The second third and fourth digit of the radio code can be entered in the same way only now use preset station button 2 one time 8 six times and 4 nine times respectively 3 Press the TA button to confirm the code If you entered the code correctly the unit will switch on If the wrong code is entered three times the display indicates ERROR fo
240. odels 5 4 Diesel particulate filter where fitted cccccseeeeees 5 5 Gare when GIVING asinasanccespdonnsesssauesexpasndesarstunaesaicanes 5 5 Engine cold start period cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 EO AOI MACs ge oisinn 5 5 Driving on wet TOAGS iris sriaraansansneninedatisteaeyineti 5 5 Driving under winter conditions eeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 IgNItION SWING Micisedatnccecssantseartinnntectatinesarhbarawabetibentpnens 5 6 Manual TRANSMISSION ontesrndaccstedoreidenidesiadiadeited 5 6 Automatic transmission sssissininianianiceinnndinnteraieaness 5 6 SCS INO JOC spinancsaneeasenunataacnpeeeccesansssatmaateeneines 5 7 Key pOSItONS as che nateacananainmeancasaaeeeteaidaredemese datas 5 7 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS 0 00 5 7 Ignition knob Where fitted ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeneneees 5 7 Manual TAN SIMISSIOM tcsnvancnouttisloreas tied mms teaieneunxacns 5 8 Automatic transmission ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 5 8 Steering OCK sersan ai 5 8 Ignition knob position inieindaariusvccnindesineaaaicicridwianmess 5 8 Emergency key Intelligent Key dead battery SANG Waseca cao s scan iact tees heals E E S 5 9 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS 0 e 5 9 Starting LSI ING sae ececicternncnceatwacadeneanuaceceseineseuiewsti 5 10 POTTY PAAIE A E T TE E ATAT 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 11 Driving with automatic tranSMISSION ce 5 12 Speed NMMEN vo sssieceapsadeases
241. oling system by running fresh water through the radiator Install the radiator lower hose to the radiator and securely tighten the engine block drain plug Fill the reservoir up to the MAX level with cool ant See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information section for cooling system capacity Install the engine coolant reservoir cap 9 Start the engine and run the engine at about 2 000 rpm for 1 minute 10 Stop the engine and check coolant level allow 11 to cool and refill up to the MAX level Warm up the engine at about 2 000 rpm until it reaches the normal operational temperature fan cycles Check heater core below instrument panel for gurgling refill if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE OIL 12 Stop the engine and check coolant level allow to cool and refill up to the MAX level 13 Check the radiator lower hose for any signs of leakage 14 Close the bonnet NDI720Z NDI743Z NDI721Z NDI1061 HR16DE engine Euro 5 K9K engine 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself NDI957Z A CR14DE or HR16DE engine B K9K engine 1 Normal range 2 MIN level 3 MAX level CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL CAUTION The oil level should be checked regularly Oper ating with an insufficient amount of oil can dam age the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
242. ollowed precisely To unlock the audio unit proceed as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON posi tion 2 Radio Code is displayed along with four nu merical zero digits 3 Press preset button lt 1 gt the number of times corresponding with the first digit of the radio code 4 24 Heater and air conditioner and audio system For example if the radio code is 5169 for the first digit 5 press the preset button lt 1 gt five times The second third and fourth digits of the radio code must be entered in the same way only now using preset buttons lt gt lt gt and lt 4 gt For example press lt 2 gt once lt gt six times and lt 4 gt nine times Press with a long press preset button lt gt to confirm the code If you entered the code cor rectly the unit will switch on If the code is entered incorrectly a notification message INCORRECT PIN and the number of attempts left REMAINING TRIES XX will be shown After reading the message press the lt ENTER gt button to return to the entry screen and enter the correct radio code If the wrong code is entered after the third attempt the audio unit will lock for 60 min utes The display will show a count down timer from 60 to O minutes After 60 minutes enter the correct radio code f the wrong code is entered after eight sets of three entries the audio unit will lock per
243. oncern We have already reduced to a minimum the cad mium mercury and lead in your NISSAN vehicle NISSAN includes recycled material in your vehicle and looks for opportunities to increase the percent age of recycled materials used Manufacturing phase NISSAN plants based in the UK and Spain already achieve a recycling rate of over 90 and are look ing for further improvements The UK plant installed 8 windmills to cut carbon dioxide emissions at power plants by more than 3 000 tonnes per year Since the end of March 2007 NMISA Spain uses a solar panel water heating system to save energy This will generate 33 of the energy consumed in the baths during the painting of your vehicle Production and distribution phase Using resources efficiently to reduce the amount of waste generated during the production and distribu tion stage NISSAN promotes activities based on Reducing Reusing and Recycling materials when ever possible The NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM 2010 NGP2010 is our midterm environmental ac tion plan defining our goals for achieving a 100 recycling rate for operations in Japan and globally Use and service phase NISSAN dealers are our window to you our cus tomer In order to meet your expectations they pro vide not only high quality services but are also envi ronmentally responsible NISSAN promotes activi ties to recycle the waste generated as a result of service centre activities Disposal phase Recycle
244. operates in the FM radio and CD Mode if FM was formerly selected in the radio mode When the AF mode has been set to the ON posi tion in the user set up menu mode and the AF indicator comes on Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 19 For additional information see User set up menu later in this section for how to switch this mode on or off The following functions operate when the AF mode IS on Automatic switching function This function compares the strengths of the signals and selects the station with the optimum reception conditions Enhanced Other Network EON data update this function also operates when the AF mode is off When EON data is being received this enables au tomatic retuning of other preset stations on the same network Also network linked services can be used such as traffic announcement EON indicator lights up when receiving RDS EON stations in the FM waveband Programme Service PS function station name display function When an RDS station is tuned in with seek or manual tuning the programme station name will be dis played immediately after receiving the RDS data Emergency broadcast interrupt function ALARM INTERRUPTION EBU European Broadcasting Union SPEC FOR INFO When the radio receives PTY code 31 an emer gency broadcast code the sound is interrupted the emergency broadcast is heard and ALARM is displayed Once the emergency broadcast is fin
245. ors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Normal operation The ABS will not initiate at soeeds below 5 to 10 km h 3 to 6 MPH The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from the actuator under the bonnet when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is working properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME ESP SYSTEM where fitted When accelerating driving on slippery surfaces or su
246. ould be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly 1 11 QO a a L AT SIR0146Z Side and curtain air bags where fitted The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain air bags are located in the roof side trims The supplemental side air bags and cur tain air bags are designed to inflate in higher sever ity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Ve hicle damage or lack of it is not always an indica tion of proper supplemental side air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard fol lowed by a release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire However care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irri tation and choking Those with a history of a breath ing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear oute
247. out activating the Su per Lock system open the driver s door move the power door lock switch to the lock position 1 and close the door CAUTION Note that the above operation will not be pos 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments sible with a key in the ignition switch or when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle a chime will then sound in order to draw your attention and the vehicle unlocks wy NPA735Z Rear door side panel 1 Lock position 2 Unlock position A Front of the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locking helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally This mechanism is especially handy when small children are in the vehicle When the lever is in the lock position T the rear door can only be opened from the outside Set the lock lever in position 2 in order to disable the child safety rear door lock mechanism BACK DOOR LOCK NPA725Z The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the back door The back door can be manually released from the outside when the vehicle is not locked by operating the microswitch located on the back door under side NOTE The back door cannot be opened from the out side when the power door lock switch is acti vated An audible warning is heard when the microswitch located on the back door underside is operated To close lower and push down the back door se curely A WARNING
248. ows fog up use dehumidified heating instead of the A C off heating Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 2 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 3 Turn the temperature control dial for the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windscreen turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum position As soon as possible after the windscreen has been cleared of ice turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTO position for the automatic mode When the air flow control dial is turned to the 2 or 7 position the outside air mode and the air conditioner will automatically switch on except when the fan speed control dial is in the OFF position when the outside temperatures is above 5 C 23 F to defog the windscreen Outside air is drawn into the passenger com partment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control se Turn the fan speed control dial to the OFF position to switch off the heater and air conditioner system tothe AUTO position for automatic control of the fan speed to adjust the fan speed Temperature control Turn temperature dial to set the desired air tempera ture Air flow control Turn the air flow control dial to one of following air mode Air flows from centre and side vents ue Air flows from centre side vents and A floo
249. peed of 30 km h 20 MPH When the speed limit is set the SET indicator and the set speed value Q will be displayed in the combination meter display Changing a speed limit Use either of the following operations to change an active speed limit Push and release the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch downwards Each time you do this the set speed will increase or decrease by 1 km h 1 MPH Push and hold the RES Resume switch 1 upwards or SET switch 2 downwards The set speed will increase or decrease to the next mul tiple of 10 km h 10 MPH and then in steps of 10 km h 10 MPH The new set speed limit value Q will be displayed in the combination meter display Cancelling a speed limit Use the following operations to cancel an active speed limit Push the CANCEL switch Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the resistance point A WARNING The vehicle may accelerate when the speed limiter cancels When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper operation of the speed limiter The SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off The set speed value Q will remain displayed This speed remains stored in the speed limiter memory Resuming a previous set speed If a set speed limit has been cancelled the set spe
250. put Audio device with PIN code A new screen will appear Assign the 4 digit PIN code by turning the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to each code and press the lt ENTER gt button to confirm Then select Validate and press lt ENTER gt The Bluetooth connection will be made The 4 digit PIN code is provided with the audio device see the owner s manual of the audio device On Bluetooth audio mobile phone devices 1 Switch on the Bluetooth connection if not already switched on Switch on the search mode for Bluetooth devices If the search mode finds a device it will be shown on the device display 3 When a device is found use the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to scroll to and press lt ENTER gt to select My Car Enter the number code shown on the relevant device with the device s own keypad and press the confirmation key on the device it self Refer to the relevant Bluetooth device owner s manual for further details When successfully paired a notification message will be displayed then the audio system display will return to the current audio source display During connection the following status icons will be displayed top left of the display Signal strength Yul Battery status and Blue tooth ON 3 If the low battery message comes on the Bluetooth device must be recharged soon The pairing procedure and operation may vary ac cording to device type and compatibilit
251. r pull the lever 2 14 Instruments and controls Headlight cleaner where fitted The headlight washing system is only activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position the headlight switch is in the 40 position pulling the lever once towards you NOTE After the first operation the headlight cleaner operates once every fifth operation of the windscreen washer CAUTION Do not operate the headlight cleaner if the win dow washer fluid reservoir is empty Rain sensor where fitted The rain sensor is activated when the intermittent position 1 AUTO of the wiper switch is selected The wiper will start to operate automatically at a suit able speed when rain is detected on the windscreen NOTE The rain sensor is only intended for use during rain or precipitation During other weather condi tions no harm will come to the rain sensor sys tem if left active wiper switch set to intermit tent although occasional unexpected activation of the wipers may occur REAR WINDOW NIC1055Z The rear window wiper and washer can be oper ated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise to the intermittent em mm D position or continuous eam 2 position to operate the wiper To operate the rear window washer push the switch towards the front of the vehicle 8 The rear win dow wiper will also operate CAUTION Do not operate the washer contin
252. r MI light orange When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion the MI light illuminates This means the system iS operational If the Malfunction Indicator comes on steady or blinks where fitted while the engine is running it may indicate an engine control system malfunction Malfunction indicator on steady An engine control system malfunction has been de tected Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator blinking where fitted An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the engine control system To reduce or avoid engine control system damage Do not drive at speeds above 70 km h 43 MPH Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration Avoid steep uphill grades f possible reduce the load being carried or towed The MI may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the engine control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the engine control system which may affect your warranty coverage Incorrect setting of the engine control system may lead to non compliance of local and national emis sion laws and regulations M
253. r normal circumstances although it may be ad vantageous to switch off the ESP system to allow wheelspin under the following condi tions when driving in deep snow or mud when trying to rock a vehicle free that is stuck in snow when driving with snow chains Ifthe ESP system has been switched off drive carefully with reduced speed When road con ditions allow ESP should be switched back on ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME ESP OFF SWITCH NSD311Z A LHD models B RHD models The vehicle should be driven with the Electronic Stability Programme ESP system ON for most driving conditions When the vehicle get stuck in mud or snow the ESP system reduces the engine output to decrease wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maxi mum engine power is needed to free a stuck ve hicle turn the ESP system off To turn off the ESP system push the ESP OFF switch The ESP OFF indicator light ES will come on NOTE The ESP system cannot be switched off when the ESP system is operating and the SLIP indi cator light is blinking Push the ESP OFF switch again or restart the en gine to turn the system ON See Electronic Stabil ity Programme ESP system where fitted earlier in this section for operational details COLD WEATHER DRIVING A WARNING Whatever the conditions drive with caution Accelerate
254. r 3 seconds and then it shows WAIT 1 HR At this time the audio unit will be locked for 1 hour After waiting for 1 hour with the audio unit switched on enter the correct code num ber AUDIO MAIN OPERATION Power ON OFF button Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position then press the power b button However it can also be turned on with the ignition switch if the audio unit was turned off by the ignition switch The radio or CD mode that was playing immediately be fore the system was turned off resumes playing and the volume is set to the preset volume level If there is no CD inserted in the player inserting the CD will automatically switch on the audio unit and CD play back will start The audio unit can be turned off either by pressing the power b button or turning the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Volume level Press or side of the volume control button to adjust the volume level CAUTION Turning the ignition on or turning the power on with the volume set at the maximum position can damage your ears Language set up mode In order to enter the language set up mode proceed as follows 1 Make sure the audio unit is switched off Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 17 2 Press and hold buttons 1 and 4 simultaneously 3 Press the power b button and the radio will switch on 4 Release all the buttons and the display will show LANGUAGE
255. r if you are using snow chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tyre type and condition may also affect brak ing effectiveness When replacing tyres install the specified size of tyres on all four wheels When installing a spare tyre make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the tyre placard See Vehicle identification in the 9 Technical information section for the tyre placard location For detailed information see Wheels and tyres in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so that the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver to maintain steering control and helps to minimise swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to pre vent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may in crease the stopping distance Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sens
256. r outlets Na Air flows mainly from floor outlets Air flows from the defogger outlets and floor outlets Gy Air flows mainly from defogger outlets Air recirculation amp gt Press the air intake button until the air recirculation indicator light lt gt comes on When selected interior air will be recirculated inside the vehicle and the air conditioner will switch on Use this mode to recirculate interior air inside the passenger compartment in situations such as driv ing on a dust raised road avoiding traffic fumes or having maximum cooling from the air conditioner Outside air circulation aX Press the air intake button until outside air indicator light a gt comes on When selected outside air will be drawn into the vehicle Use this mode to draw outside air into the passen ger compartment for normal heating ventilation or air conditioner operation Operating tips In order to improve the heater operation clear the snow and ice from the wiper blade and air inlet in front of the windscreen When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the floor outlets may not operate for a maximum of approximately 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature has warmed up the air flow from the floor outlets will operate normally After parking in the sun drive for two or three minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from
257. r seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious inju ries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright and as far as is practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practi cal from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and cur tain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over A WARNING Directly after inflation several air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorised changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag sys tem This is to prevent accidental inflation of the air bag or damage to the air bag system 1 12 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes making changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly
258. rain plug with a wrench and com pletely drain the oll If the engine oil filter needs to be changed re move and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section 10 Clean and reinstall the drain plug along with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torques CR14DE or HR16DE engine 34 3 Nem 3 5 kg m 25 ft lb K9K engine 20 Nem 2 0 kg m 15 ft lb 11 Refill the engine with recommended engine oil and quantity See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical information sec tion 12 Check the oil level with the dipstick For details see Checking engine oil level earlier in this section If necessary add engine oll 13 Install the engine oil filler cap securely 14 Start the engine 15 Check for any leakage around the drain plug Correct as required 16 Turn the engine off and wait several minutes 17 Check the oil level again with the dipstick If necessary add engine oll 18 Install the engine compartment undercover where fitted 19 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 20 Close the bonnet CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER NDI722Z NDI656Z HR16DE engine NDI985Z K9K engine A WARNING NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for engine oil fil ter servicing NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM A used oil
259. rating at high rpm for an extended period of time let it idle for a few minutes prior to shutdown Do not accelerate the engine to high rpm im mediately after starting it DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER where fitted A WARNING Be careful not to burn yourself with exhaust gases Do not park the vehicle over flammable mate rials such as dry grass waste paper or rags as they may burn easily NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM The diesel particulate filter reduces the amount of materials that affect the environment by collecting the particulate matter included in exhaust gases Particulate matter that has accumulated in the filter is automatically burned and converted into harmless substances while driving the vehicle CAUTION The filter becomes extremely hot after burning particulate matter If the diesel particulate filter warning light comes on it indicates that particulate matter has accumulated in the filter to the specified limit Particulate matter collected in the filter cannot be burned under low speed driving conditions As soon as safely possible drive the vehicle at a high speed more than approximately 60 km h 37 5 MPH until the filter warning light goes out Always conform to local regulations When the accumulated particulate matter has been completely burned the filter warning light will go out A WARNING lf the vehicle continues to be driven at a low speed with the diesel particulate filter
260. rd tyre at the first opportunity Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 MPH a higher speed could dam age the tyre Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash Because this tyre s diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tyre the ground clearance is reduced approximately 25 mm 1 in Avoid driving sharp turns and abrupt braking Do not exceed the vehicle s maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity molded on the sidewall of the temporary use spare tyre Do not use a snow chain on this tyre Because of it s smaller size a snow chain will not fit properly This could cause damage to the ve hicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the temporary use spare tyre on any other vehicle because this tyre has been designed specifically for your vehicle The vehicle must not be driven with more than one temporary use spare tyre at the same time Tyre tread will wear at a faster rate on the temporary use spare tyre than on the original Replace the temporary spare tyre as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not tow a trailer As with all tyres the temporary use spare tyre must be checked regularly to ensure pres sure is maintained For pressure details see the tyre placard lo cated on the driver s side centre pillar FLAT TYRE In case of a flat tyre follow the instructions as de
261. requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT NDI719Z CR14DE or HR16DE CAUTION Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual When checking or replacement is required NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for servicing Improper servicing or engine coolant change can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating amp WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never e the coolant when the engine is hot Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations CR14DE or HR16DE engine 1 Open the bonnet Set the heater or air conditioner temperature control to the maximum HOT position For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Open the radiator cap 1 where fitted or en gine coolant reservoir cap to help to drain the coolant Slacken off the radiator lower hose clip and remove the lower hose 8 to drain the coolant Flush the cooling system by ru
262. rfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlo rine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage elements in the rear windows such as the window defogger 7 4 Appearance and care PLASTIC PARTS Plastic parts can be cleaned with a mild soap solu tion If the dirt cannot be easily removed use a plas tic cleaner Do not use any solvents SEAT BELTS A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor Never use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to the paint surface and other protec tive coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings
263. rol engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Failure to follow these or other common sense guidelines may lead to serious injury or ve hicle damage NISSAN GREEN PROGRAM Improperly disposed engine oil and or other vehicle fluids can pollute the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to per form You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or ex cessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop ENGINE COMPARTMENT For an overview of the engine compartment see Engine compartment in the 0 Illustrated table of contents section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A WARNING Never remove the engine coolant reservoir cap or the radiator cap where fitted when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping either from the radiator or the engine coolant reser voir Wait until the engine and radiator have coo
264. rol system can be switched on after engine start or when driving Push the cruise control main switch The CRUISE indicator and the cruise control symbol 7 will illuminate in the combination meter display Setting a cruising speed 1 Accelerate to the desired cruising speed 2 Push the SET switch 2 upwards or downwards and release it 3 The SET indicator 8 and the set speed value 9 will be displayed in the combination meter display 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The vehicle will maintain the set speed If the vehicle speed is less than 30 km h 20 MPH it will not be possible to set the cruise con trol system Changing a cruising speed Use any one of the following methods to change the cruising speed Slow the vehicle as normal using the footbrake pedal the SET indicator 8 in the combination meter will be turned off When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch up wards or downwards The new set speed value Q and the SET indica tor 8 will be displayed in the combination meter Press the accelerator pedal When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising speed push and release the SET switch up wards or downwards The new set speed value Q and the SET indica tor 8 will be displayed in the combination meter Push and release the SET switch upwards or downwards to increase or decrease the set speed in steps of
265. s lt ENTER gt When found a list of the available tracks will be displayed Select and press lt ENTER gt to play the preferred track Fast Forward Cue Fast Reverse Review buttons pl baa When the lt ppbi gt Cue or lt gt Review button is pressed continuously the track will be played at high speed When the button is released the track will be played at normal playing speed aa Track up down buttons Pressing the lt bi gt or lt l4 lt 4 gt button once the track will be skipped forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current played track Press the lt i gt or lt l4 lt gt button more than once to skip through the tracks Folder browsing If the recorded media contains folders with music files pressing the lt PI gt or lt 44 gt button will play in sequence the tracks of each folder To select a preferred folder 1 Press the lt ENTER gt or lt 9 gt button anda list of tracks in the current folder is displayed 2 Press the lt 9 gt button 3 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial for the preferred folder 4 Press lt ENTER gt to access the folder Press lt ENTER gt again to start playing the first track or turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial and press lt ENTER gt to select another track If the current selected folder contains sub folders press lt ENTER gt a new screen with a list of sub folders will be displayed Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt
266. s of child restraints in your vehicle Improper use of a child restraint can increase injuries for both the infant or child and other occupants in the vehicle When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or accident Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seat ing surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint After attaching a child restraint test the seat before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check whether the belt holds it in place If the re straint is not secure tighten the belt as nec essary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases The front passenger seat and adjustable rear bench seat should be positioned to fit the child seat appropriately See Installation of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat later in this section and Installation of a child restraint system on rear seats later in this section For a front facing child restraint installed on a three point type lap shoulder belt make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face or neck If it does put the shoul der belt behind the child restraint
267. s possible to eject the currently played CD However the audio unit will not be activated Press the lt gt button and the CD will be ejected NOTE When the CD is ejected and not removed within 8 seconds it will automatically retract into the slot to protect it from damage f an error message appears in the display press lt 4 gt to eject the faulty CD and insert another CD or check if the ejected CD is in serted upside down AUX SOCKET NAA1193 AUX USB Audio main operation Open the lid and connect the lead with the jack of a compatible player e g MP3 player to the socket Press the lt AUX gt button for the AUX mode USB MEMORY OPERATION NAA1194 Connecting USB memory Open the console lid and connect a USB memory stick as illustrated The display will show a notifica tion message for a few seconds that it is reading the data If the audio system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pressing lt gt will start the USB memory operation lt AUX gt button To operate the USB memory use one of the follow ing methods Press the lt AUX gt button then turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to the USB item Once highlighted press lt ENTER gt Press lt AUX gt repeatedly until USB is high lighted then press lt ENTER gt Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 29 Audio main operation The following operations are identical to the audio m
268. s turned to the ON position MAP LIGHT where fitted To switch on the map light press either 5 or of the switches LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT The light comes on when the back door is opened 2 28 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Integrated keyfob remote control system Using the remote keyless entry system LOCKING the COOLS icadebe ds crawiaansernoererignsetertonernines Unlocking the doors convenience mode Unlocking the doors anti hijack mode Switching from convenience mode to AMIE AG KANO CS ssrin Keyfob operation failure cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Intelligent Key system where fitted 1 a Locking unlocking sccsicnsc rststessasiaianicoctecseneerneee Starting the engine with the Intelligent Key Door OCKE sarisini roar e aeonit Super Lock System Right hand drive models Vehicle dead battery left hand side door Ee e EPE A E E E EATE Locking with power door lock switch sses Child safety rear door lock 3 8 Back door IOC tester ocasbect acai veieaecicaans eased 3 8 Securty SV SSI suavtnewidnrimueedauudsisieucneriiamriaienker 3 9 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS eee 3 9 Bonnet relcaSE wes serttisncanticscuncsrsacnaleiceemmnisusvessiadeindes 3 10 FSD TIMING E E E E 3 11 Fuel filler lid opener lever sesser 3 11 Fueltiller CAD cimitvnucnanmuaniinnacntnmopamivandieniae scien 3 11 PaNOOKAKE OVET scupensuesa
269. screen washer nozzle seere 8 20 SS cristo TNE ON taeda A E A ae 8 21 Passenger compartment 8 21 Engine compat meN risinn 8 22 Ee piee E A EE A AET E 8 23 FU ANG E EEE E AAN PI EE T E 8 23 Exterior lights er ee Oe Der eree Oren ere Te errr 8 24 Menor Igi ana 8 24 Light IO CANONS irauiecianniestetinagenciuvniusicnenprenrsannesstines 8 25 Wheels and TT OS saesicuavechiassvsacccnneuleramnauesidusesaraedennes 8 29 Tyre inflation PreSSUre ccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 29 Types Ol y OS oasian a 8 29 Se S E 8 30 U E E E O ET 8 30 Tyre wear and damage ccscseeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 30 E e TE E E E 8 31 Changing tyres and wheels ceeeeeeeeeeeees 8 31 Wheel DAAC i apasnssaitseacardatsnedahtescimestturtiseanunns 8 31 Spare tyre cecteisenictnensatbnaneoncanventenstnrseatdusenasvntvetcnl 8 31 Care of wheels ccccceseececescececcececeececenenceeceees 8 31 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money How ever some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechani cal condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance as well as general mainte nance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure tha
270. scribed below STOPPING THE VEHICLE A WARNING Make sure that the handbrake is securely ap plied For Manual Transmission MT models Make sure the gear lever is in the R Reverse posi tion For Automatic Transmission AT models Make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position Never change tyres when the vehicle is on a slope ice or a slippery area This is hazard ous Never change tyres if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road as sistance 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic Switch on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface Apply the handbrake Shift the gear lever MT models into the R Re verse position AT models move the selector lever to the P Park position ao A W N 6 Turn off the engine 7 Open the bonnet for details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section in order to Warn other traffic Signal to professional road assistance that you require assistance 8 Have all passengers exit the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle CHANGING FLAT TYRE Models with spare wheel where fitted MCE0001DZ Q at Blocking the wheels A WARNING Make sure to block the appropriate wheel to pre vent the vehicle from moving which may cause personal injury Place suitable blocks 1
271. seconds and then goes off This means the system is operational NOTE lf the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle ID recognition zone through an opened door driver s side door passenger s side door back door while the ignition knob is in the Acc or ON position the Intelligent Key warning light starts flashing and the buzzer sounds warning the driver of the situ ation The Intelligent Key warning light will stop flashing as soon as the Intelligent Key is placed again in the passenger s compart ment The Intelligent Key warning light comes on as confirmation flash for convenience mode set ting procedure See Integrated keyfob re mote control system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section A WARNING If the Intelligent Key warning light comes on steady it may indicate a system malfunction we recommend you to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for repair See Ignition knob where fitted in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details Anti lock Braking System warning light After turning the ignition key to the ON position the light will illuminate The Anti lock Braking System warning light will turn off after approximately 1 sec ond if the system is operational If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate something is wrong with the anti lock portion of the braking system Have the system checked by a NIS
272. senger AWE Ned py Front centre console NIC1063Z NIC1064Z Rear centre console Your vehicle is equipped with cup holders 1 in the front and rear centre console and in the rear table assembly where fitted see Rear foldable tables where fitted later in this section To access the centre console cup holders pull to open the lid as illustrated To close fully push up the cup holder The rear tables cup holders where fitted can only be used when the tables are in the up position REAR FOLDABLE TABLES where fitted NIC1078Z To unfold the tables to the open position pull up as illustrated 1 A WARNING The tables should only be used when the vehicle is stationery in order to prevent injury in an acci dent or sudden stop SEAT POCKETS where fitted Unfold 1 the table to access the seat pockets CONVENIENCE HOOK where fitted NIC1357Z Two convenience hooks 1 are available at the base of each rear table Pull the table up as illustrated Each hook is designed to take up to 5 kg 11 Ib UNDER SEAT STORAGE TRAY where fitted NIC744Z Front passenger under seat storage A WARNING The tray under the seat should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to the driving operation The tray under the seat is a hide away facility offer ing space for 1st aid kit or CD storage Lift the strap 4 on the front passenger seat cus
273. separately provided Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet When cleaning or replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WIPER BLADES CLEANING Clean the outside of the windscreen or back door window with a washer solution or a mild detergent The windscreen is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If the windscreen or back door window is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the bonnet is opened Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass Otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure Do not open the bonnet when the front wiper is in the servicing position other wise it can damage the paint surface of the bonnet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 FRONT WINDOW WIPER WINDSCREEN WASHER NOZZLE REPLACEMENT 1 Pull up the wiper arm 2 Push the lock pin 1 then remove the wiper blade as illustrated 3 Install the new wiper blade in the reverse order of removal 4 Return the wiper arm to its original position BACK DOOR WINDOW WIPER NDIs92z REPLACEMENT If you wax the surface of the engine bonnet be care ful not to le
274. shop Correct air bag disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 14 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NPA732Z Note that the above illustration is for LHD models FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG INDICATOR LIGHT A WARNING Since your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger air bag it is not permitted to install a rear facing child restraint on the front pas senger seat unless the front passenger air bag has been previously deactivated Do not fit a rear facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the air bag activation deac tivation system is malfunctioning Your ve hicle must be immediately taken to a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop in such situa tion The front passenger air bag indicator light amp 2i lo cated on the centre console illuminates for appro mately 7 seconds and then goes off This means the system is operational The front passenger air bag indicator light warns of front passenger air bag status If the front passen ger air bag has been deactivated the light comes on and stays on as long as the front passenger air bag switch remains in the OFF position NPA746Z A Models with Intelligent Key B Models without Intelligent Key Deactivating the front passenger air bag To fit a rear facing child restraint on the front pas senger seat you must deacti
275. ssengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position is equipped with an air bag A WARNING Be sure to observe the following warnings when using seat belts Failure to do so could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an acci dent Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdomi nal area must be avoided Serious injury can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to re move slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been de signed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes oils and chemi cals and particularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn
276. ssssssesseseeeeeeeeeesaeaas 2 23 Under seat storage tray csssctcvemesnnnaticcctanenestaxvetsaaeieeeeddeens 2 23 Supplemental Restraint System air bag system Air bag system ssessssssssssrnrrnnnnnrnrrrrrrnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnns 1 10 Air bag warning labels sssssssseseeseeeesssssssrnnrnnrrrrrrrrressss 1 13 Air bag warning light ssssssssssssssreseeeesssssssnnnnnnnnrrnreereenss 1 13 Front passenger air bag indicator light 1 14 Switch Defogger switch esssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrersrssssnnrnnnnnnrnrrereeess 2 15 Fog light switch aiccscisseccbssteaissiaaaceatcisiadiadssckedacseoostaccss ans 2 17 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 2 16 Wiper and Washer switch secccidissisreccccoasaieesceeeevnceccioionn 2 13 Temporary use spare tyre sisiicccteencsentiiweieieniantntniiiwans 6 2 Three point type seat belts ssssssssssssssrreeeeerrsssssnnnnnnrrrrrrrereee 1 7 Three way catalyst Petrol engine models seeen 5 4 Tilting steering wheel sssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsssssrnnnnnrrrrenerne 3 12 Top tether strap for child restraint sssssseeeenssseenrrrereesse renne 1 23 Towing Recommended towing ssssssssssssrreseessssssssnnnnnnnrrrnrereeees 6 13 Tow bar Installation essssssssssssseseeseeeersssssnnnnnnnrrrrrerreees 5 25 ow UCR TOWNAG seisine 6 12 owing eye iia anata ren rannngintesisenconeun teneeontaaionmaaeinrass 6 13 Towing hook eye xciatisciaveinnsdcieseeeirennrmieniindeetensianiends 6
277. t or press lt gt to dial the number Call Lists A number from the dialled received or missed call lists can also be used to make a call Daialled call Use the dialled call mode to make a call which ts based on the list of outgoing dialled calls Received call Use the received call mode to make a call which is based on the list of received calls Missed call Use the missed call mode to make a call which is based on the list of missed calls 1 Press lt gt and select Call Lists 2 Turn the lt TUNE MENU gt dial to scroll to an item and press lt ENTER gt to select it 3 Scroll to the preferred phone number then press lt ENTER gt or press lt gt to dial the number ex Incoming call 12345678912 oe 12345678912 00 23 45 Zam 0 Receiving a Call When receiving an incoming call the display will show the caller s phone number or a notification message that the caller s phone number cannot be shown Answer the call by pressing lt gt briefly or press lt ENTER gt End the call after the conversation by Pressing lt gt briefly again Pressing lt ENTER gt when the symbol is highlighted If is not highlighted turn the lt TUNE MENUS gt dial to and press lt ENTER gt Reject the call by pressing lt gt with along press or select from the incoming call screen During a call During a call
278. t anchor is securely fixed in position The seat belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking the seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock the belt movement in two separate situations When the belt is pulled quickly from the retrac tor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the belts check the operation as follows Take place in the seat for which you wish to check the belt operation Grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly forward The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during these checks or if you have any questions about the seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush it wipe with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry f dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see whether the seat belt and the metal components such as buck les
279. t gases they contain colourless and odourless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gas and can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immedi ately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage for any longer than is absolutely necessary Do not park the vehicle with the engine run ning for any extended length of time Keep the back door closed while driving oth erwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive in this way for some reason take the following steps 1 Open all the windows 2 Manual air conditioner equipped models Move the air intake lever to the posi tion Automatic air conditioner equipped mod els Switch on the outside air mode 3 Set the fan speed control to the maximum position to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal of the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dations to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle When a vehicle has been stopped in an open area with its engine running for any significant length of time turn the fan on to force outside air into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop whenever the vehicle is raised for service
280. t use leaded petrol Using leaded petrol will damage the catalytic converter Diesel engine EN590 Diesel fuel of at least 51 cetane must be used If two types of diesel fuel are available use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions Above 7 C 20 F Summer type diesel fuel Below 7 C 20 F Winter type diesel fuel If you are in any doubt please consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CAUTION Do not use home heating oil petrol or other alternate fuels in the diesel engine this can cause engine damage Do not add petrol or other alternate fuels to diesel fuel Do not use summer fuel at temperatures be low 7 C 20 F Cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel and may prevent the engine from running smoothly 9 4 Technical information Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change PETROL OR DIESEL ENGINE OIL 15W 40 15W 50 20W 40 20W 50 T S m c3 p Oo RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER 5W 30 is preferable If 5W 30 is not available select the viscosity from the chart that is suit able for the outside temperature range AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS where fitted The air conditioning system in this NISSAN ve hicle must be charged with the HFC 134a R 134a refrigerant and the NISSAN A C System Oil Type R CR14DE or HR16DE e
281. t view Quick search gt P lt lt MIX Random play RPT Repeat track Folder browsing lt nise 5 gt button While a track with recorded music information tags ID3 tags is being played the title of the played track is displayed If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed When the lt pise gt button is pressed repeat edly further information about the track can be dis played along with the track title as follows Track time Artist name Album title Track time Track details A long press on the lt nise 5 gt button the screen displays the song title artist name and album title After a few seconds it returns to the main display or press lt DISP 5 gt briefly BLUETOOTH OPERATION gt 8 Jd ee JE NAA1204 Regulatory information Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc 3 Bluetooth CE statement Hereby DAEWOO IS Corp declares that this sys tem is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999 5 EC NOTE The audio system only supports Bluetooth de vices with AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile version 1 3 or 1 0 or earlier BLUETOOTH settings To set up the Bluetooth system with your preferred device push the lt SETUP gt button and select Blue tooth then push the lt ENTER gt button or alterna tively press the lt gt button The follo
282. t wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windscreen washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin B NDI724Z 1 Lift the wiper arm 2 Turn and rotate carefully the wiper blade clock wise until the blade becomes free 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap it into place 4 Return the wiper arm to its original position NDI760 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself FUSES NDI1004 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse The fuse box is located in the lower part of the instrument panel at the driver s side The affected circuits 2 are shown on the back of the fuse box lid 1 1 Make sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the OFF position 2 Open the fuse box lid NDI737Z 3 Locate and remove the fuse with the fuse puller where fitted NOTE The fuse puller is stored in the fusebox NDI624Z 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 5 Close the fuse box lid NOTE If the new fuse opens again after installing have the electrical system checked and re paired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 ENGINE COMPARTMENT NDI746Z NDI62
283. t your vehicle receives the proper mainte nance care SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience the required scheduled main tenance items are described and listed in the sepa rately provided Warranty Information and Mainte nance booklet You must refer to that booklet to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your NISSAN vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day opera tion of the vehicle They are essential if your vehicle is to continue to operate properly It is your respon sibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and a few general automo tive tools 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself These checks or inspections can be done by your self a qualified technician or if you prefer your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have your vehicle checked and tuned by an authorised NISSAN dealer or quali fied workshop GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the ve hicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop do it promptly I
284. t yourself 8 17 2 Insert a flat blade screwdriver or a suitable tool into the slit of the corner and twist it to open the lid Replace the battery with a new one For models equipped with Integrated keyfob use the following battery type CR2016 For models equipped with Intelligent Key use the following battery type CR2032 Do not touch the internal circuit and electric ter minals as doing so could cause a malfunction Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case as illustrated Install the lid in the reverse order of removal 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if you need assistance for battery replacement 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELTS A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position Otherwise the cooling fan or the engine may start to operate suddenly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or ad justed by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work shop 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule as shown in the separately provided Warranty Information and Maintenance booklet SPARK PLUGS Petrol engine models A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the handbrake is engaged securely
285. tal Restraint System 4 1 11 Air bag warning labels nidendtesihieutecesacadeaticumevsieetoowunadtecnelihhs 1 13 Air bag warning light sesiscactesnenesnnnuxecerecacedsesesereernsassantsdasuouene 1 13 Air cleaner filter cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeneeeeeeeaaaes 8 19 Air conditioner Air conditioner filter ccccccccceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseenaees 4 10 4 7 Air conditioner specification label eeen 9 7 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations sicccdadacnitevexccvsgaadericciwetneasescxonnes lt eceqeternct 9 4 Automatic air conditioner s ssseeeseeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrrreereennnnn n 4 8 Heater and air conditioner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Manual air conditioner cassicn ccevasiicadicdceteneectietassiiscccccensacaxs 4 3 Servicing air conditioner 20 eeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 4 7 AMENDA arire A E nae 4 16 Anti lock Braking System ABS neeese 5 28 Anti Theft System NISSAN ssssssesssesseeeseerrrrrrrrrnrrnnrennnnnn 3 9 Approval NUMDeErsS witiiiees tensa cuccereetssacasatenacsdvcssverneideeewsteentaluncss 9 8 Audible reminders Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 00 2 7 Audio AM FM radio with CD player and navigation NISSAN CONNECI mamii iad cate een 4 34 Anti theft system sacbicssccinanumanssananedienesseeiursaae iaapsesdaannnse 4 23 Audio operation precautions cccceeeeeeeeeeeeee
286. te gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly Starting and driving 5 11 To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the gear lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the trans mission is shifted a gear noise may be heard This could result in damage to the transmission Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift through the gears in sequence according to the vehicle speed Reverse gear To reverse with 5 speed manual transmission stop the vehicle and shift the gear lever into the N Neutral position then to the R Reverse position To reverse with 6 speed manual transmission proceed as follows 1 Stop the vehicle NO Move the gear lever into the N position ee Pull and hold the gear lever ring 1 up DA Move the gear lever into the R position Ol Release the gear lever ring and safely drive the vehicle backwards The gear lever ring returns to Its original posi tion when the gear lever is moved to the N position If it is difficult to move the gear lever into R Re verse or 1st Shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1st 5 12 Starting and driving DRIVING WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CAUTION The cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or re verse gear before the eng
287. teaceumenad 2 5 PGE GAS carreira n EEE EE 2 2 Odometer aaa oe OneCe pre Creer Prnre ree tener cnr een EEEE EEEE EEE 2 3 Oil change schedule set up eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 4 Outside temperature display seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 4 Qpeedometer cc carscinsyndceassutusaaneanaarssceranneceeteenieencdccaxenaents 2 2 m WeCMOMGlGl E TE 2 2 TR COMPONENT sirean EE e aa E 2 3 Twin trip odometer siccctentenacte cots ascscdeanieauererees scuetiddcdasssans 2 3 MIOR oarre ea E EE E EEE cuca ase 3 12 Inside rear view Mirror ssssssssssseresesssssssssnnnnnnrrrrnreeereess 3 12 Outside rear view MifTOrS sssssssssssessseeesttrttrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrnnnns 3 12 Vanity MINTO idesssaserdesaaeneaansuetiamens an seenmemesusanns Mra canes 3 13 Mobile phone integration ccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaes 4 34 NISSAN Anti Theft System NATS eec 5 7 5 9 NATS immobilizer radio approval number sasse 9 8 NATS security indicator light ccccsccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 Po OdOMETEr pirppe E 2 3 AD aee 2 3 Oil Changing engine oil xiciedesesutscereetonivereevervnnaicceettieeueneys 8 9 Changing engine oil filter ssssaeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeerr errre 8 11 Checking engine oil level cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaes 8 9 ENGNG Il aeron a aaa 8 8 Oil change schedule set up lt ccccssnccccccesssiesdiesswseewexxeersetonss 2 4 Recommended
288. ted If no broadcasting station can be found within the complete band cycle it will return to the initial frequency Preset station buttons NDO AO6 Pressing a preset button for less than 2 seconds will select the stored radio station Pressing a preset button for more than 2 seconds will cause the station currently being received to be stored against that preset button Eighteen stations can be stored in the FM band Six each for FM1 FM2 and FMT Six stations can be set for the AM band If the battery is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations after battery connection or fuse replacement Radio data system RDS operation The RDS is a system through which encoded digital information is transmitted by FM radio stations in addition to the normal FM radio broadcasting The RDS provides information services such as station name traffic information or news NOTE In some countries or regions some of these ser vices may not be available Alternative Frequency AF mode The AF mode operates in the FM radio mode The AF mode operates both in the FM radio and CD mode if FM was previously selected in the radio mode The AF function compares signal strengths and selects the station with the optimum reception conditions for the currently tuned in station RDS functions Programme Service PS function station name display function
289. tem may vary depending on the audio device that is con nected Confirm the operation procedure before use 4 12 Heater and air conditioner and audio system 3 Bluetooth The playback of Bluetooth audio will be paused under the following conditions The playback will be resumed after the following conditions are completed while using a mobile phone while checking a connection with a mobile phone The in vehicle antenna for Bluetooth communi cation is built in the audio system Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal far away from the system or in a nar row space where the device closely contacts the body or the seat Otherwise sound degradation or connection interference may occur While a Bluetooth audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system is compatible with the Bluetooth AV profile A2DP and AVRCP ver 1 3 1 0 or earlier Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Daewoo IS Corp Compact Disc USB memory with MP3 Multisession Multisession is one of the meth or WMA where fitted ods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writ Terms ing more than once is called a multisession MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Ex D3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part
290. tenance and do it yourself section FMVSS No 116 5 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a Airconditioning system lubricants CR14DE or HR16DE Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent KOK Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent b z2 3 4 gs For further details see Recommended SAE viscosity number later in this section Use Genuine NISSAN engine coolant or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminium corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs for the incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for more information regarding the coolant type and capacity Using fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid type D ATF may cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the NISSAN warranty For details contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Never mix different types of fluids DOT 3 and DOT 4 Technical information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Petrol engine Unleaded petrol with an octane rating of at least 95 RON must be used CAUTION Do no
291. the handbrake 2 Start the engine If the engine is cold start and let the engine idle until it reaches the operational temperature 3 Turn the engine off 4 Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back into the oil pan 5 Open the bonnet For details see Bonnet release in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 6 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean 7 Reinsert it all the way 8 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be in the normal range 1 9 If the oil level is below MIN 2 remove the en gine oil filler cap and pour the recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 10 Re check the oil level with the dipstick 11 Install the engine oil filler cap securely 12 Close the bonnet It is normal to add some engine oil between oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the prop erty of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by frequent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Con sumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after hav ing driven for 5 000 km 3 000 miles is more than 0 5 litre per 1 000 km 621 miles consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop CHANGING ENGINE OIL D1I1104Z NDI653Z HR16DE engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 NDI1064 Euro 5 K9K engine A W
292. the air conditioner press the button again NOTE The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidity 1 Move the air intake lever to outside air mode position 2 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed 4 Press the lt A C gt button and the indicator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position For quick cooling when the outside temperature is high select the air recirculation mode position lt gt Be sure to return to the outside air mode position 4 gt to avoid windows from fogging up and interior air from becoming stale 4 4 Heater and air conditioner and audio system NOTE A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rap idly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify 1 Move the air intake lever to outside air mode position a gt 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the a position 3 Turn on the fan speed control dial to the desired fan speed 4 Press the lt A C gt button and the indicator light will come on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehu midity 1 Move the air intake lev
293. the battery read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and instructions safe handling Make certain the terminal connections are clean Explosive gas Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive and securely tightened f the vehicle is not used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge Fora maintenance free battery it is not required to check the fluid level However NISSAN rec Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 ommends to visually check the green indicator A status periodically If it is not visible replace the battery as soon as possible f battery replacement or check is required con tact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop REINITIALISATION PROCEDURE AFTER BATTERY RECONNECTION Power window Driver s side where fitted When the vehicle battery has been connected the system must be reinitialised as follows 1 Push down and hold the driver s side window switch until the window glass is completely low ered then release the switch 2 In one continuous operation pull up and hold the driver s side window switch until the window glass is completely closed and continue holding the switch for a further 5 seconds 3 The system is now reinitialised Repeat the procedure every time the vehicle battery is connected If the reinitialisation procedure cannot be performed successfully take your vehicle to a NISSAN
294. the bonnet replace the support rod in its original position then slowly close the bonnet and make sure it locks into place A WARNING Always check whether the bonnet is closed and locked securely to prevent it from opening while driving The vehicle should only be operated with the bonnet securely closed FUEL FILLER LID HANDBRAKE LEVER FUEL FILLER LID OPENER LEVER Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder 1 while refuelling WARNING Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explo 6 A sive under certain conditions Always stop the W a engine and do not smoke or allow open flames Y NPA728Z or sparks near the vehicle when refuelling N Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap half a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop nents in order to prevent fuel from spraying out and causing possible personal injury To apply Pull the lever up 4 A LHD models Use only a NISSAN fuel filler cap or exact To release Pull the lever up slightly push the but B RHD models equivalent as a replacement It has a built in ton 2 and lower completely Salen wae perce IOT Proper OperaNoN a Before driving check that the brake warning light Ae iat ra ge eae aie eet goes out For additional information see Warn p can res ing indicator lights and audible reminders in the FUEL FILLER CAP tunehon ang possio e injury 2 Instruments and controls section CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle bod
295. the driver s door unlocks The hazard indicator flashes twice quickly 2 Push the unlock D button on the integrated keyfob again All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes twice SWITCHING FROM CONVENIENCE MODE TO ANTI HISJACK MODE Type A Integrated keyfob While in the convenience mode press the lock unlock jg buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds to set the anti hijack mode Note that the above pro cedure must be done with the ignition switch OFF The hazard indicator flashes once as anti hijack mode setting confirmation 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments The same procedure should be used in order to dis able the anti hijack system and return to conve nience mode The hazard indicator flashes three times as conve nience mode setting confirmation Type B Intelligent Key keyfob While in the convenience mode lock the vehicle using the _integrated keyfob Press the lock unlock _ j buttons simultaneously for 10 seconds to set the anti hijack mode Then immediately press the door lock unlock switch on the driver s door handle Note that the above procedure must be done after the ignition knob has been turned from the ON to the LOCK position A confirmation flash of the Ky Intelligent Key indicator light green will indicate that the anti hijack mode has been properly set The same procedure should be used in order to dis able the anti hijack and return to convenience mode A co
296. the front wheels into the kerb in addition to the other pre cautions described Before parking on a steep slope consider the incline the towing weights quoted are for a 12 slope Follow the trailer manufacturer s instructions Trailer towing requires more fuel than under nor mal circumstances because of a considerable increase in traction power required and resis tance When towing a trailer observe the following re stricted towing speeds Speed below 100 km h 62 MPH CAUTION While towing a trailer make sure the engine cool ant temperature warning light does not come on in order to prevent engine overheating TYRE PRESSURE When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tyres to the maximum recommended COLD tyre pressure as indicated on the tyre placard for full loading Make sure the trailer tyre pressures are correct CAUTION Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installed with a temporary use spare tyre SAFETY CHAINS Always use a suitable chain between the vehicle and trailer The chain should be attached to the hitch and not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners The chain should not drag on the ground passing the chain across the trailer hitch may be the best practice depending on your trailer TRAILER BRAKES Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as required by local regulations Also check that all other trailer equ
297. the passenger compartment Then close the windows This will allow the acceleration of the air conditioner s cooling operation Keep the windows closed while the air condi tioner is operating The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps prevent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 9 f the coolant temperature warning light comes on turn the air conditioner off For additional information see Engine overheat in the 6 In case of emergency section f the engine coolant reaches an extremely high temperature the air conditioning system will au tomatically turn off This may happen for example if the engine runs at idle speed for a long time on a hot day 25 lt z ee gt NAA901Z The sensor 1 on the fascia helps the system to maintain a constant temperature inside the cabin Do not put anything on or around this sensor Air conditioner filter The air conditioning system is equipped with a filter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates effi ciently replace the filter regularly To replace the fil ter contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The filter should be replaced if the air flow is extremely reduced or when the windows get fog up easily during air conditioning system opera t
298. ting con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop check the transmission and have the transmission repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if necessary SPEED LIMITER The speed limiter allows you to set the desired ve hicle speed limit While the speed limiter is acti vated you can perform normal braking and accel eration but the vehicle will not exceed the set speed When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or if the set speed limit is lower than the actual vehicle speed the accelerator pedal will not work until the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit A WARNING The speed limiter will not automatically brake the vehicle to the set speed limit Always observe posted speed limits Do not set the speed above them Always confirm the setting status of the speed limiter in the combination meter display When the speed limiter is set avoid hard ac celeration to reach the set limit to ensure that the system can limit the speed of the vehicle correctly When additional floor mats are used be sure that they are correctly secured and that they cannot interfere with the accelerator pedal Mats not adapted to the vehicle may prevent proper operation of the speed limiter When the speed limiter is on the cruise control sys tem cannot be operated NSD359 OTE RES A Eo NSD360 Vehicles with diesel engin
299. ting the engine ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 MUMIPSIAUUNG reanna di EEA RAEE 6 9 8 16 Precautions when starting and driving 0 0 5 3 IPUSHMSIAMING qrsrauii a 6 11 Starting the engine xcesiewssasernaneanaaadeiassupeobnsscteseanieseddendven 5 10 Steering Power steering system sesseessesssrersrrrrnrrrnrrrrrrrrnrrnenns 5 27 Steering lock sssssssssssssrsssssssssssrrtttrrrrrrrrrrreeenenrrret rnrn 5 7 5 8 Steering wheel adjustment ssessessseesseersserrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrnn 3 12 Steering wheel switches for hands free telephone COMTON airera ce tcc read das E E O T 4 38 Steering wheel switches for audio control sses 4 38 Telephone button deste cecsseecatctidicoxennaas vices 4 34 4 38 Wheel i switch chet dietrcentntiact cuerte rate daaducncctnescehiedddaaaseaae 2 3 Storage erncsinnnnsnacenssaesansornndateeeetassiaserecenanmatnnedensssenionadday acess 2 21 Flexi board System cceeceeeeeeeecseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 24 Centre console bOX xacid2esiadvacaxesszaaieaciustoaniceeemmneesaceseneeex 2 22 Convenience hooks sssssssssssssrrrsererssssssnnnnnnnnnrnrerreenss 2 23 Cup holder sssssssssssssrssssssstttertttttttttttitttttrrrtrrnnrnnnnn nnn 2 22 Glove bOX Saree pee rete RARE peter a cemeer ean enrrr re center ore reer weer rer 2 21 Rear foldable tables sssssssssssseeeeessssssrnnnnrrrrrrrerreerss 2 23 Seat pockets ou cccccccccccccccecsesseeeeee
300. tion 0 Illustrated table of contents Pi DAG GY E senasiiuateen arty E 0 2 Meters and GAUGES i cadecdinsnsustoucuaeracnieudinsinascinesaduendees 0 8 Exterior front and rear stscacsscasanecinans code vapaiesacectnsewsivnnn 0 3 Engine COMPANIMGCM cciveescccncnensceensnnaedeenmacetetsentecess 0 9 Fe OU EIE E jree ia ae eset een cee 0 3 CR14DE engine eccsctesicexcceceexsarnstacssnesiexiexeieeennss 0 9 AEE E E E E A E 0 3 HR16D engine itutsenepiaseerindenceumiudicicioisesseepraaearial 0 10 Instrument and control layout vasesscivceceinteencenvoremes iene 0 4 Euro 4 KOK engine cissesccwnesdanevarii sot iuciedereasseadexunts 0 12 Left hand drive LHD models seses 0 5 Euro 5 KOK engine cceeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 0 12 Right hand drive RHD models ccccsseeeeeees 0 7 AIR BAG SYSTEM NPA865Z 1 Front air bag modules driver and passenger 6 Front passenger air bag deactivate switch P 1 11 P 1 15 2 Diagnosis sensor unit where fitted 3 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor P 1 9 ee a pa co Sap Pee wi a ROW aeIOr pre tensioner and a lap pre tensioner 4 Side air bag modules P 1 12 5 Curtain air bag modules P 1 12 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT AND REAR NIC1104Z Bonnet P 3 10 Windscreen Wiper and washer switch P 2 13 Wiper replacement P 8 19 Washer fluid P 8 14 Power windows P 2 25 Headlights front side lights turn signal
301. tnaad cxmaratcinesteucenssnasintamedeniuas 3 11 Tilting steering wheel ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 12 INE ON r AAEE stares AE sxe sce oe anda E E 3 12 Inside rear VIOW MirTOr eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 12 Outside rear VICW MIFTOMS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 12 Vanity WINTON sccsineaiaiaseet ssactanantueseaphventonaawseanennnnctens 3 13 Rear parcel Shelf aianeaiecinimaventreacnctniescetiotentsuioieaceten 3 14 Rear parcel shelf removal 3 14 Rear parcel shelf installation 3 14 KEYS NPA958 NPA598Z Integrated door lock remote controller 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments NPA599Z Intelligent system emergency key The key emergency key B is applicable to the ignition switch or ignition knob keyfob dead battery situation the left hand side door key cylinder vehicle dead battery situation the front passenger air bag switch CAUTION Do not leave the ignition key or Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle NOTE To access the emergency key Intelligent Key equipped models remove the keyfob lower cover according to the steps 1 2 and de scribed in Emergency key Intelligent Key dead battery situation in the 5 Starting and driving section The key can only be inserted fully in the ignition switch or knob cylinder For the left hand side door handle and front passenger air bag switch Intelli gent Key equ
302. tooth mobile phone feature ssssssseeeeeerereee 4 34 Bluetooth settings e ssssssssssssssrrererreressssnnnnnnnrrrnrereeres 4 31 Bonnet relsa sS ss sdiisvki iissa nissene EATE DNE EEEE 3 10 Brake te es tececesteteee hts aanastecateceeeesceeaeesseeiaccutcaidantidesaestenes seca 8 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS aeee 5 28 Brake fluid scidit 8 13 Brake precautions srsisssassssiceem iinit nn anad EEE 5 27 Brake system sssssssseserusereserrrnrrnrrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnrnnnnnnnns 5 27 Checking brake pedal ssssssssssssesssssssesirrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrnnen 8 13 Checking handbrake siiassicavecanctnnnexaeresnsiidsnsiieceneetatizcens 8 13 Handbrake lever ccceceecececcececceceeceeecceceeeueeeeeeeeuuaeeaeaes 3 11 10 2 Index Trailer brakes ccccccececeececeececeececeecececceceseeseceeeeneeseseeaes 5 25 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants essees 9 2 Fuel recommendation ccccecseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaes 9 4 Car phone or CB radio mcciccici cesar eerie 4 39 Care when driving eos iccetecatecoreecupesatabonmntamererstetwenaardadesstias 5 5 Changing Changing engine coolant sssssssesssessseeesererrrtrrrerrrrrrreeren 8 6 Changing engine Ol sisssasedecazsassnsactsccoenpedeibenseeeaceeeaseomenes 8 9 Changing engine oil filter cece eeeeeeeeeeeeee rererere 8 11 Changing tyres and wheels cccsceeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 8 31 Checking Checking
303. tow ve hicle ENGINE OVERHEAT A WARNING Never continue driving if the engine of your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause a ve hicle fire Never open the bonnet if steam is coming out Never remove the radiator cap where fitted or engine coolant reservoir cap when the en gine is hot If the radiator cap where fitted or engine coolant reservoir cap is removed while the engine is hot pressurised hot water will spurt out and possibly cause burning scald ing or serious injury If steam or coolant is coming out of the en gine stand clear of the vehicle to prevent get ting injured The engine cooling fan will start whenever the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewel lery or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts If the engine of your vehicle is overheating indi cated by the engine coolant temperature warning light red or if you feel a lack of engine power detect an unusual noise etc proceed as follows 1 Move and park the vehicle safely off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flasher lights Apply the handbrake Shift the gear lever M T models into the N Neu tral position AT models move the selector lever to the P Park position DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE Open all windows 6 Switch off the air conditioner system where fit ted Set t
304. trailer hitch safety chain roof carrier etc for your vehicle and trailer These devices are available from a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop where you can also obtain more detailed information about trailer towing Heavy duty kits are available at a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop It is advisable to contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for towing details before towing a trailer up steep slopes for long dis tances Never allow the total trailer load trailer weight plus its cargo weight to exceed the maximum set for the coupling device Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for more information on this matter The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goods are distributed over the axle and as low in the trailer as possible Poor load distribution can se riously affect the stability of the trailer and tow vehicle Do not exceed the maximum permitted vertical load on the trailer hitch Before driving make sure that the lighting sys tem of the trailer works properly Avoid abrupt starts accelerations and stops Avoid sharp turns and lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Apply the handbrake where fitted on the trailer Parking on a steep slope is not recommended If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable it Is also advisable to put the vehicle into gear or select P Park AT models and turn
305. tter rear view adjust the mirror to the desired position by tilting Folding Remote control where fitted Type A or pushing Type B the button as illus trated in 8 Fold the outside rear view mirror by pushing the CLOSE side 1 of the switch To return the mirror to its original position push the OPEN side of the switch NOTE If the mirror becomes displaced from its adjusted position use the following procedure to return it to the correct geared position 1 Fold the mirror electronically using the remote MPA0008Z control switch 2 Wait until the mirror emits a strong noise this Folding Manual control confirms that the mirror has correctly engaged Fold the outside rear view mirror by pushing it to 3 Adjust the mirror to the correct driving angle us wards the rear of the vehicle ing the adjusting switch VANITY MIRROR NPA872 Adjusting Remote control EANN SN where fitted ee DR D The outside rear view mirror control will only oper LO a e ae ate when the ignition switch is in the Acc or ON position Move the switch to the right 1 or to the left to select the right or left outside rear view mirror then NPA733Z To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and lift up the cover where fitted Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 REAR PARCEL SHELF NPA731Z A WARNING Never put anything on the rear parcel shelf no matter how small
306. ttery s negative An incorrect connection could damage the charging system Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment Be careful not to allow contact between the positive jump lead connector and the vehicle or the negative lead during con nection and disconnection Start the engine of the other vehicle A and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed at about 2 000 rpm 10 Start the engine of your vehicle in the nor mal way CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for 11 12 13 14 more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start immediately turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting the engine of your vehicle care fully disconnect the negative lead and then the positive lead 4 gt O gt gt Remove and dispose of the cloth that was used to cover the vent holes as it may be contami nated with corrosive acid Install the vent caps where fitted Close the bonnet PUSH STARTING CAUTION Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing the vehicle as the three way catalyst may be damaged Automatic transmission AT models cannot be started by pushing the vehicle This may cause transmission damage Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the
307. turns off A WARNING If any of the following conditions occur after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON posi tion the front passenger air bag system needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The front passenger air bag indicator light comes on and remains illuminated after ap proximately 7 seconds while the front pas senger air bag switch is ON The front passenger air bag indicator light does not come on at all while the front pas senger air bag switch is ON Unless checked and repaired the front passenger air bag system may not function properly CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT USAGE SSS0099Z Infants and small children should always be placed in an infant or child restraint while riding in the ve hicle A WARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of an accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt NISSAN recommends to install the child re straint on the rear seat when available Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat
308. ualified workshop check the transmission and repair if necessary Rear fog light indicator light The light comes on when the rear fog light switch is turned on SLIP indicator light where fitted This indicator will blink when the ESP system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface Is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working this is nor mal The light will blink for a few seconds after the ESP system stops limiting wheel spin The amp indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition switch to the ON position The light will turn off after approximately 2 seconds if the sys tem is operational If the light does not come on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Front fog light indicator light where fitted The light comes on when the front fog lights are switched on Ez Side light and headlight indicator light The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section for further details Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on ED High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected AUDIBLE REMINDERS Light
309. uel economy Optimise the use of air conditioning The air conditioning system has a positive effect on driving and vehicle safety through comfort cooling and dehumidifying drivers are more alert and have better visibility when window demisting defogging becomes necessary However use of the air condi tioning system will increase fuel consumption sub stantially in an urban environment Optimise the use of air conditioning by using the vents as much as possible Use the parking brake on slopes Use the parking brake when holding your vehicle on a slope Avoid using the clutch manual transmis sion or the accelerator automatic transmission to hold your vehicle as this leads to unnecessary fuel consumption and wear Maintain a safe distance Anticipate traffic conditions for a smoother drive and to assure comfort and safety during your trip Drive and maintain a safe distance from other vehicles while in traffic This will help reduce fuel consump tion as you will not be constantly tapping your brakes Check your tyre pressure Low tyre pressure increases fuel consumption as well as the use of non recommended tyres Correct tyre pressure will maximise the grip of your vehicle and optimise fuel consumption Have your car serviced regularly Regular service allows you to run your vehicle in optimal condition and with the best fuel efficiency Have your vehicle serviced by your NISSAN dealer or a qualified workshop to ens
310. ulation mode should not be selected for either heating or defrosting NAA1059 Heating Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 5 ETE Controls sis Settings Temperature control dial Air conditioner button where fitted Fan speed control dial 4 6 Heater and air conditioner and audio system Defrosting Defogging NAA1060 DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Air flow control dial ES Ea Temperature control dial Air conditioner button where fitted o Fan speed control dial This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone COOLING layer Controls Settings Special charging equipment and lubricant are re j quired when servicing your vehicle s air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause Normal severe damage to the air conditioning system See a cooling Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant Air intake lever o u Maximai recommendations where fitted in the 9 Techni cooling cal information section of this manual Temperature dial COLD A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop will be able Air conditioner button ON to service the air conditioning system where fitted Fan speed control dial MAX Air conditioner filter where fitted 1 Air flow control dial The air conditioning system is equipped with a filter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates effi ciently repla
311. uously for more than 15 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty or frozen DEFOGGER SWITCH Ak can REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFOGGER where fitted The outside rear view mirrors will be defogged when the defogger switch is activated fi In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the rear win dow defogger before you wash the rear window NOTE When the windscreen wiper switch is in the inter mittent low or high speed position and the vehi cle s gear lever is set in Reverse the rear window wiper comes on where fitted NIC1466 A Models with automatic air conditioner B Models with manual air conditioner To defog defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the switch in The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defogger off The defogger will turn off automatically after ap proximately 15 minutes if the rear window clears before this time push the switch again to turn the defogger off CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the electri cal conductors Instruments and controls 2 15 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH NIC1069Z NISSAN recommends you to consult the local regu lations concerning the use of lights HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the paz posit
312. ure that it is main tained to its original standard QUICK REFERENCE Incase of emergency 6 2 Flat tyre engine will not start overheating tow ing How to start the engine 5 2 How to read the meters and gauges 2 2 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 2 Technical information 9 2 SECURITY INFORMATION As owner of this vehicle important codes have been supplied to you that may be required by your NISSAN dealer to duplicate keys or re pair the radio Please fill in the allocated areas or attach stick er s if available Remove this page and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle When selling your vehicle we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer Cm SECURITY INFORMATION Radio security code where fitted Wheel lock key code where fitted Remove this page from the manual and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle When selling your vehicle we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer NISSAN 10 2010 OM 10E OE 11E0E
313. urned to the ON position It goes out whenever the front seat belt is securely fastened The chime will sound unless the front seat belt is securely fas tened when the vehicle speed exceeds 25 km h 15 MPH The chime will stop after approximately 90 seconds NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light comes on the centre console See Seat belt warning lights in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section Intelligent Key indicator light and Intelligent Key warning light Intelligent Key system only Intelligent Key indicator light green The Intelligent Key indicator light comes on when the ignition knob is pushed in the LOCK position while the brake pedal is depressed and the Intelli gent Key is in the vehicle The Intelligent Key indica tor light goes out when the ignition switch is turned to the Acc position NOTE The Intelligent Key indicator light may start flashing when the ignition knob is turned from the OFF position to the ON position if the control unit detects a low battery voltage The Intelligent Key indicator light comes on as confirmation flash for anti hijack mode set ting procedure See Integrated keyfob re mote control system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Intelligent Key warning light red When the ignition knob is turned to the ON position the Intelligent Key warning light illuminates for a few
314. urtain air bags inflate with great force Do not allow any one to place hands legs or face near the side and curtain air bags Do not allow anyone sit ting in the front seat to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates the occupant may be seriously Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Donotuse seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation AIR BAG SYSTEM NOTE For an overview see Air bag system in the O Il lustrated table of contents section Front air bags The driver s air bag is located in the centre of the steering wheel the front passenger s air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Conclusions should not be drawn on the air bag s operation ac cording to the vehicle s state When the supplemental front air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by a release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indi cate a fire However care sh
315. vate the front passen ger seat air bag system Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the engine off open the passenger s side door 2 Insert the ignition key emergency key Intelligent Key equipped models in the front passenger air bag switch on the side of the dashboard press then turn the key to the OFF position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and make sure the front passenger air bag indicator light remains illuminated The indicator light remains continuously illumi po nated to warn you of front passenger air bag status See Child restraints later in this section for child seat appropriate fitting Activating the front passenger air bag You should reactivate the front passenger air bag system as soon as the child restraint is not in use on the front passenger seat to ensure protection of the front passenger seat occupant in the event of an impact To reactivate the front passenger air bag system 1 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the engine off open the passenger s side door 2 Insert the ignition key emergency key Intelligent Key equipped models in the front passenger air bag switch and turn the key to the ON position 1 15 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and make sure the front passenger air bag indicator light illuminates for a few seconds and then
316. ve ON The overdrive off indicator light ore in the instrument panel will turn off Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time with the overdrive OFF This re duces fuel economy NSD310Z A RHD models B LHD models Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the selector lever can not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the ignition switch in the ON position To move the selector lever push the shift lock re lease button 1 as illustrated and press the selec tor lever button 2 It is now possible to move the selector lever to the N Neutral position For your safety make sure the handbrake is applied and the brake pedal is depressed during the opera tion If there is any problem moving the lever out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop to check the automatic transmission sys tem as soon as possible Fail safe When the Fail safe operation occurs the automatic transmission will be locked in the third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the Fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical cir cuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal opera
317. vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are ex tremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In the winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Appearance and care 7 5 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Scheduled maintenance ccseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance ccsssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Where to go for Service ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeees 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 4 Engine COMPaNIMEMt sai cimeitnngheriiaeiucinesnaanineiaannune 8 5 Engine cooling Syste Mis cisusiasmcturnsundiatueutssaunnubinaanaaens 8 6 Checking engine coolant level 8 6 Changing engine coolant eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 6 ENGINE ON aes aa icc ata eicedi eae ecneunnd bekuacnenaeneaeaerteenulnetsi 8 8 Checking engine oil level n 8 9 Changing engine Oll eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeas 8 9 Changing engine oil filter cceeeeeeeeeeee
318. wing items are available Pair Device Bluetooth devices can be paired with the sys tem A maximum of 5 Bluetooth devices can be registered Select Device Paired Bluetooth devices are listed and can be selected for connection Delete Device A registered Bluetooth device can be deleted On Off If this setting is turned off the connection be tween the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be cancelled Heater and air conditioner and audio system 4 31 Pair Device Select Device Delete Device Ready to Pair Pin 1234 NAA1202 Pair Device 1 Press the lt SETUP gt button Select the Blue tooth key using the lt TUNE MENU gt dial Then press the lt ENTER gt button You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth mo bile phones However you can only use one de vice at a time If you have 5 different Bluetooth registered devices a new device can only re place one of the 5 existing paired devices Use Delete Device key to delete one of the existing paired devices For details see Delete Device later in this section 2 Select the Pair Device key The pairing procedure depends on the connected device Mobile phone The message Ready to Pair Pin 1234 will be displayed 4 32 Heater and air conditioner and audio system Audio device without PIN code The Bluetooth connection will be automati cally connected without any further in
319. witch eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 PHONG aiee o EEE E EE 2 19 Seat heating where fitted ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 2 19 Power OUST nsuescrinisimaisa ini 2 20 Ore sonhei a 2 21 lVe DO esae EE 2 21 Centre console storage DOX eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 22 Cap holder Geren teen aero te eee ene eee 2 29 Rear foldable tables where fitted ceeceeee 2 23 Seat pockets Where fitted ccccceesseeeeeeeeeeeees 2 23 Convenience hook where fitted c ssesceeeeee 2 23 Under seat storage tray where fitted 2 23 Flexi board System where fitted 2 24 Utility hooks where fitted eeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 25 Power WINGOWS sisccisaccncsveieiececacsascuclaalocectensetabsaatnns ss 2 25 Driver s Side main SWIICH ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 26 Passenger s side SWItCH cccccseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 2 26 Automatic Operation eines sect snasevicksiamsensidscenmiiosiwaias 2 26 Interior NOM Si caniasneasinasnintaantonesinndmbanaiansnynancidnatatnnedinrnged 2 27 ROON IOD orania iieri 2 27 Map light where fitted ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 28 Luggage compartment light cceseeeeeseeeee es 2 28 METERS AND GAUGES For an overview of the instruments of the instru ments and controls see Instrument and control layout in the O Illustrated table of contents sec tion SPEEDOMETER NIC1476 The speedometer indicates the ve
320. witch will illuminate 4 The seat heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light 2 will remain on as long as the switch is on Instruments and controls 2 19 POWER OUTLET 5 When the vehicle s interior has warmed up or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the seat heater system off CAUTION Do not use the seat heater system for a long period of time when the engine is not running otherwise the battery could run down Do not put anything on the seat that insulates the heat such as a blanket cushion seat NIC1060Z cover etc Otherwise the seat may overheat NIC1485 Luggage compartment side panel where fitted Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may damage the heater 1 Power outlet A Front of the vehicle The 12V 120 W power outlet 1 provides a high output electrical power supply to operate devices such as Any liquid spilled on a heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use benzine thinner or any similar materials pocket computer games f any abnormalities are found or the heating does not operate turn off the switch and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or fans te Rear centre console where fitted qualified workshop CAUTION personal stereo NIC1061Z This power outlet
321. y See the Bluetooth owner s manual for further details NOTE For device details see your audio mobile phone Owner s Manual For assistance with the Bluetooth audio mobile phone integration please visit your lo cal NISSAN dealer Select Device The paired device list shows which Bluetooth au dio or mobile phone devices have been paired or registered with the Bluetooth audio system If the list contains devices then select the appropriate de vice to connect to the Bluetooth audio system The following symbols where fitted indicate the capability of the registered device Mobile phone integration J Audio streaming A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Delete Device A registered device can be removed from the Blue tooth audio system Select a registered device then press lt ENTER gt to confirm to deletion On Off If Bluetooth has been switched off a notification message On Off appears when you select Blue tooth from the setup menu screen or press lt gt To switch the Bluetooth signal on press lt ENTER gt and a follow up screen will appear Then select On and press lt ENTER gt to display the Bluetooth set tings menu screen USB AUX BT Audio A S BTAudio E eo T Songtitle NAA1203 Bluetooth audio streaming main operation Turn the ignition switch to the Acc or ON position If the audio system was turned off while the B
322. y flush it away with water to avoid paint damage To open the fuel filler lid pull up the opener lever 4 To lock close the fuel filler lid securely NOTE A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with out releasing the handbrake The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 TILTING STEERING WHEEL NPA600Z A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Release the lock lever as illustrated and adjust the steering wheel to the desired position up or down Firmly push the lock lever back into position to lock the steering wheel in place 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS NPA862Z 1 Night position 2 Day position A Front of the vehicle INSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR The night position 1 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night A WARNING Only use the night position T when necessary as it reduces rear view clarity OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS A WARNING Check the position of all mirrors before driv ing Altering their position while driving could distract your attention from the driving opera tion Objects viewed in the outside mirrors are closer than they appear PD018UZ Adjusting Manual control The outside mirror can be manually adjusted for a be
323. you must leave something in your vehicle lock it in the lug gage compartment or hide it out of sight Do not leave the vehicle documents in your ve hicle In the unfortunate event of your vehicle being stolen the documents will only help a thief to sell the vehicle Do not leave articles on a roof rack as they are particularly vulnerable If possible remove them from the rack and lock them inside the vehicle Do not leave the spare key or Intelligent Key in the vehicle keep it in a safe place at home Do not leave a note of your vehicle s key number in the vehicle A thief may break into the vehicle note the key number and return with a new key and drive the vehicle POWER STEERING SYSTEM A WARNING If the Electrically Power Assisted Steering warning light EPAS illuminates while driv ing the power assist for steering will be dis abled Greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speed Stop the ve hicle as soon as safely possible and contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for fur ther assistance In certain circumstances factors external to the EPAS system may contribute to the illumi nation of the warning light If the warning light illuminates stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible if driving Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for approximately 20 seconds then turn the ignition switch to the ON pos
324. your end of life vehicle or its components When your NISSAN reaches the end of its life and is no longer suitable for daily use it still has value You can help prevent waste affecting the environ ment by bringing your NISSAN to be recycled at our collection networks in your area Our collection net works guarantee no cost for the treatment of your ELV For further information on how and where to dispose of your ELV refer to your local NISSAN dealer or consult www nissan eu PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT WHEN DRIVING Your driving behaviour has significant impact on fuel economy and the environment Follow the tips be low for better fuel efficiency better driving habits and to be environmentally friendly by reducing emis sions Defensive driving Anticipating traffic conditions and acting accordingly reduces fuel consumption helping to protect of our natural environment Take your foot off the accelera tor while approaching traffic lights and avoid last minute braking when the light turns red Avoid speeding harsh acceleration and strong braking The gain in time does not offset pollution of the environment Try to maintain speed when driving uphill to reduce fuel consumption and pollution Maintain speed or allow the vehicle to go slower where traffic allows Close windows when driving Driving with a window open at 100 km h 62 MPH increases fuel consumption by up to 4 Driving with the windows closed allows for better f
325. yre change Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never lift the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while the ve hicle is on the jack The vehicle may move suddenly and this may cause an accident Never allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Remove all loads before lifting the vehicle with the jack Make sure to block the wheel diagonally op posite the flat tyre as described earlier in this section CAUTION The jack should be used on firm level ground 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so that the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the centre of both the jack head and the protrusion at the jack up point as shown Fit the protrusion of the vehicle in the groove of the jack head as shown NCE143Z 4 Loosen each wheel bolt by one or two turns anticlockwise with the wheel wrench Do not remove the wheel bolts until the tyre is off the ground Models with wheel lock bolt where fitted If the wheel is equipped with a wheel lock bolt insert the wheel lock key 1 and loosen it as pre viously described The wheel lock bolt can only be removed with the wheel lock key A key number is necessary if you need

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MQSA Quality Control Manual  BD420003 P2.2-, P2.82-, P2.4-, P2.84-AMEX - buehler  Télécharger le fichier  Frigidaire 316417114 Range User Manual  一一一。  Samsung 2032NW Manual de Usuario  MEMO ALARM CLOCK  Maris Conning Display Guide  Renesas M30100T3-RPD-E User's Manual  取扱説明書（16.76MB）  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file